Thebtswritersclub - Tumblr Posts

Unexpected Confession

Jungkook x reader | pg13 | oneshot | high school au | basketball | fluff | swearing | slight bullying | violence

Word: 5.7k

You gathered up the courage to confess your feelings, but it seems everyone in school knows about it before you could even find him

“You’re really going to do it?” your friend asks, looking at you through the bathroom mirror in shock as you wash your hands. “You’re actually going to confess to one of the most popular students in this school?”

“Don’t scare me. I’ve already told myself six times today that I was going to confess.” You turn off the faucet, grabbing a paper towel from the dispenser. “Even if he rejects me and I can never look at him again,” you mumble. 

“Y/N,” Aleah begins, blocking your exit from the bathroom with her arms spread out to her sides, “you’re about to confess to Jungkook, the basketball and baseball playing hottie. You understand his ex will not be happy to hear about this since she’s protective of everything.” 

You frown. “He’s in basketball?” 

Aleah sighs, rolling her eyes as well. “Yes he’s in basketball! How do you not know? You go to his baseball games,” she claims. 

“I have NOSB, so I’m usually at the club preparing for the competition,” you disclose, pushing one of her arms down to get past her and out the door. 

She groans, “You are such a—are you sure you want to do this?” 

“It’s now or never,” you whisper. Your friend can only sigh in response, patting your back as the two of you part ways. “See you at lunch,” you call out to her, walking down the hall towards your chemistry class.

You have a test today, but you didn’t study as much as you would have liked since the club leader decided to give you “homework” to do and study for a small competition Friday. You’re stressed to the point where you’re beginning to think gray hairs are appearing. You almost cried when you thought you saw one. Turns out it was the light playing tricks on your eyes. 

Entering class you take your seat, setting your bag down and pulling out a pencil. The second the last bell rings, you watch as the instructor passes the test out. You take in a deep breath. There’s nothing else you can do but try your best. 

When the test reaches your desk, you immediately begin, surprised that after you finish, you know a lot of it. Some educated guesses seem like they’re the correct answer, but you’ll have to wait and see after it's graded and passed back on Monday. For the remainder of the class you listen to the instructor go over the next lesson on ionic bonding. You listen in silence, jotting down notes as the instructor works on the white board to explain in more detail about her explanation. 

“Does anyone know if a cation gains protons to form a positive charge or does it lose electrons?” your instructor asks, a strand of her hair falling from her bun as she pushes it back, eyes scanning the room for raised hands. Looking through your notes, you raise your hand. “Y/N,” she says, giving a nod for you to answer.

“The protons in the nucleus do not change during normal chemical reactions. Only the outer electrons move. Positive charges form when electrons are lost,” you tell her, looking up from your notes to see if you’re right. 

“That is correct,” she tells you, smiling as she continues class. So, for the rest of class, you take detailed notes and do a surprisingly good job at distracting yourself from your practiced speech you’re going to tell Jungkook after school. 

Jungkook. The popular one in school. Your neighbor since your first year here when you moved to this town for your dad’s job. A few words are exchanged whenever the two of you see one another at home, and a lot of accidental gazes when you two would look out your bedroom window. You just happen to pick the bedroom right across from his. 

Jungkook plays sports, is smart in class, has a girlfriend for two years—until they broke up over the summer before school started, and lots of friends. Whenever he walks down the hall, at least half the students say something to him, and he always talks to them like they’re his best friend. You wish you had the guts to try and be his friend, but you’re always afraid. 

What if his personality is all a show and he’s a mean person? Well what a great way to figure out by confessing your feelings for him. 

You almost bang your head against your desk until you remember where you are. To your luck the bell rings to let you know that class is over and lunch has begun. Packing your belongings, you head out of the class and enter the busy hall. Aleah will be waiting at the usual table, but before you can meet her, you need to put your chemistry textbook away and swap it out for your math book. Turning down a different hall, you notice several people looking at you; some are whispering to one another. 

You try your best to ignore them as you reach your locker and put in the combination before exchanging books. Why would they be looking at you and possibly be gossiping? You’re not well known in this school, so why would you be on their minds? Maybe you're overthinking it. 

Entering the cafeteria, you stand in line to get your food. You focus your attention on the display of food in front of you, debating on what to ask for when you reach the people standing behind the counter. After getting your food and heading towards the usual table Aleah sits at, you notice her expression. 

An expression you don’t like. 

“Y/N,” she whispers, as you take a seat across from her. “Everyone knows.”

You frown in confusion. “Know what?”

She looks at you with a sad expression. “People are talking about your crush on Jungkook and the confession you’re going to make after school.” 

“What?” you ask in complete disbelief. “How do they know?” 

No wonder people are looking at you and whispering to one another. Even now as you glance around the room you can see people looking at you and laughing with one another as they talk in low voices. 

“Did you check to see if anyone was in the bathroom when you went in there?” she asks, resting her arms on the table. You can’t meet her eyes at the realization that you didn’t check. You were so nervous at telling Aleah your plan that you just forgot. “Y/N,” she says, tone comforting. 

“I’m so stupid, Aleah,” you whimper, keeping your head down. 

“You’re not stupid, Y/N. It was just a coincidence that someone was in that bathroom.”

“I heard you’re going to confess to Jungkook,” a voice interrupts. You look up to meet a pair of brown eyes. Golden brown hair, make-up packed on, and the school uniform—slightly unbuttoned and skirt higher than it needs to be. Naeun. Jungkook’s ex. “Well? Is it true?” she asks, tone demanding. 

“That’s none of your business,” Aleah tells her, defending you before you can utter a word. 

Naeun turns to look at Aleah. “Was I talking to you?” she bellows before turning back to you. “I don’t think that’s a good idea, Y/N,” she begins, placing her palms on the table and leaning in close towards you, “Jungkook only needs a break from us because he needs to focus on basketball, and that doesn’t mean he’s available to anyone. Got it?” Looking you up and down with a look of disgust, she stalks off. 

“Don’t listen to her, Y/N. She’s just a bitch who’s sad she’s no longer with Jungkook,” Aleah tells you, but you can already feel it. “Oh, Y/N, don’t cry.” She reaches across the table and takes your hand in hers. “I’m gonna beat her ass—” A sudden loud bang makes you both jump. You look to see your best friend staring behind you in shock. “Holy shit,” she whispers. 

Turning around, you see two people on the floor throwing fists at one another. A crowd begins to gather, but Aleah seems to be quicker as she pulls you to your feet and drags you towards the fight. After she pushes her way through, you get a clear view of the two. You watch as Jungkook pins down the captain of the football team and punches him in the face. Bringing his fist back, Jungkook lands another hit before he is thrown off by the man beneath him. 

“I can’t believe Jungkook is fighting Aaron. They’ve been friends for years,” Aleah mumbles in confusion. “What could have happened?”

You watch as Aaron gets a few hits in before he is pulled away by security. Another appears at Jungkook’s side, holding him back from lunging at his friend. “Everybody disperse,” a loud voice booms, making you jump again. The dean walks to the center of the crowd, eyes glaring at everyone. “If you are not back to your tables and eating lunch by the time I count to three I will start giving out detention. One!” That is all everyone needs before the group breaks up and runs back to their tables.

You follow Aleah back to yours. “Man, that was scary as hell,” she tells you, shaking her head as she sits back down. 

“I’ve never heard of Jungkook fighting with anyone before. He’s always friendly with everyone.”

“Tell me about it.” Aleah takes a bite of her food. “At least we know he can fight. Did you see how bad Aaron looked? Jungkook was nowhere near that,” she laughs. 

“Still he could get into a lot of trouble and he may get suspended from school,” you worry, glancing at the hall through the open doors where Jungkook was taken down. 

Suddenly you feel a splash of some sort of liquid whip across your face. You shut your eyes, feeling the sting as a familiar voice speaks up, “This is all your fault.” 

“What the fuck, Naeun?” you can hear Aleah speak. 

You’re not listening to their argument as you rub yours eyes. You’re just grateful that she threw water and not something else that can hurt. “It’s her fault that Jungkook got into a fight. This bitch deserves more than what I gave her,” Naeun finishes. 

Rubbing your eyes, you watch her walk back to her laughing table. You can hear Aleah talking to you, but you’re so pent-up in your anger you don’t listen to her as you grab your plate full of your mashed potatoes with gravy and storm towards her. No one stops you. No one does anything as you grab her by the shoulder, spin her around, and smash the paper plate on her face, some of the food flying from the impact. 

Watching the plate slide off her face, the ringing in your ears has finally stopped and you stand in a room filled with shocked eyes and silence. Naeun wipes the food from her eyes and you realize you’ve never seen someone look as pissed off as she does. “You’re fucking dead,” she says, ready to lunge but stops short at the deans voice.

The two of you turn to see him standing at the doorway. “Y/N, my office. Naeun, clean yourself up and come to my office.” It’s then you can feel your heart drop and the fear kick in. You’re in so much trouble. 

“Here, Y/N.” You turn to see Aleah handing you your bag. “That was fucking awesome by the way. Text me later.” 

Taking your bag from your friend, you follow the dean with heavy strides. You’ve never been in trouble before. What exactly happens when people get into trouble? Does he yell? You’re sensitive. You’ll cry if he yells at you. Hell, you’re already on the verge of crying. 

Entering the office, he points to the line of chairs outside his door. You do as you’re told and sit down. You’re trying your hardest not to cry in front of the receptionist at the desk, but you can already feel your body shaking and your eyes going blurry. You look down, pretending to fix something on your somewhat wet skirt. You don’t realize how wet your hair and shirt are until droplets begin to fall from the ends of your hair. 

Everything is a big mess, and so the tears begin to fall. Some fall on your hand while some roll down your cheeks. You sniffle as you quickly wipe at your warm cheeks. A pair of shoes come into your line of sight followed by a towel draping over your head. You look up to see Jungkook kneeling down to meet you at an almost eye level. 

There’s a Band-Aid above his left eyebrow, his left eye slightly purple. Other than that, he looks the same to you. His hair is a mess from probably running his hands through it out of frustration. After developing a crush, and having him in a few classes, you couldn’t help but notice the little things. 

“For you to dry yourself,” he says, gesturing to the towel on top of your head. 

“Thank you,” you whisper, voice cracking just a bit. You begin to dry your hair, wiping at your tears as well. 

“I’m sorry about Naeun,” he tells you, giving an apologetic smile. 

You shake your head. “It’s not your fault.”

“In a way it is. Even though we aren’t together, every person she hurts is my fault because we’re not together…” he trails off. “If that makes sense.” 

“Jungkook. I thought I told you not to leave until I say so.” Looking behind him, you see the school nurse standing in the hallway with her arms crossed over her chest in annoyance. 

Jungkook sighs. “Guess that’s my que to leave,” he mumbles, looking back to meet your eyes. “Can I walk you home after school?”

You can feel your heart racing. “I may not be here after school. He might throw—I mean kick me out before then,” you tell him, fumbling over your words a bit. 

He smiles. A smile that makes him scrunch his nose and remind you of a small animal. “I don’t think he’ll do that. If I can get off with a warning, then I’m positive you’ll get off with one, too.” 

“Jungkook!” the nurse yells. 

“I’ll see you after school.” He gets up to his feet and follows the nurse back down the hall. He turns around, walking backwards as he cups his hands around his mouth. “At your locker,” he calls, grinning and waving at you before turning back and around and following the nurse out of sight. 

You can’t help but smile, cheeks turning pink and a flutter in your stomach. You feel more at ease by his words. Maybe you won’t get into trouble, but it seems the dean caught you in the act of smashing food in her face. Just you pulling an act.

So, you wait and wait. Five minutes turns to forty and still no sign of the dean coming out of his office. Even as Naeun comes in ready to pounce you, the dean does not call either of you in for another hour. Every now and then you’ll glance in Naeun’s direction from across the room, but you always look away when you realize she’s glaring at you. 

“Naeun,” the dean says. You look up and watch him gesture with his finger for her to follow. Naeun gets up from her seat and follows him inside his office, the door closing. 

And so again, you wait. You glance at the clock, watching as time ticks closer and closer to the last bell. Will he ever call you to discuss your punishment? It’s giving you anxiety as time ticks on.

Finally, to your relief and fear, Naeun storms out of the room, not even looking at you as she leaves the building. You look to his office door, watching him step out and look down towards you. "Come in," he addresses, walking back into his office. You get up, feeling your legs shake and hands clutching the towel as you enter the room.

You've been in his office numerous times, but never for getting in trouble. You're usually in here with questions about the club competition and the funding to get there, but never to get yelled at. You can feel yourself on the verge of crying again, but you blink them back, not wanting to look like a child in front of the one who can expel you.

"Take a seat Y/N," he says, taking a seat at his chair behind his desk. You immediately sit down, watching him as he picks up a light brown file folder from his desk. Opening it, his eyes scan whatever is in that folder. "I am quite surprised by what I saw earlier today," he states, not even looking up at you.

"I am so sorry, Sir," you croak. "I-I don't know what came over me—I just lost it. She threw water at me and started telling me it's my fault, and I just couldn't take it—but that doesn't excuse my behavior." You’re a babbling mess.

"I saw everything, Y/N. I know what happened." He finally looks up to meet your blurred eyes. "Jungkook told me to stay behind "just in case" as he put it, and I was surprised to see that he was correct." He closes the folder, leaning back in his seat. "I'm not going to suspend you or put you in detention. I'm just going to ask you to not do that again. You're a good student and I don't want you to ruin your chances of going to the competition in February. So"—he clears his throat, leaning forward and interlocks his fingers together on his desk—"I'm going to let you off with a warning, okay?"

You nod vigorously. "I promise I'll never do anything to end up in this situation again." The dean nods, shooing you off with his hand. You get up, thanking him like your life depends on it as you leave his office. When you’re out of the room, you feel so relieved and so exhausted from trying not to cry.

How was Jungkook able to guess that you wouldn't get into trouble? You'll have to thank him when school—

Right on cue the bell rings, indicating that school is over. You grab your bag from the chair where you left it on, draping it over your head and telling the woman behind the receptionist desk goodbye. You walk out the door and into the hall filled with students eager to get out of the building and home. Making your way towards your locker, feeling excited to see Jungkook standing there, you’re trying your best not to run.

You don't get that far when you are stopped by your best friend. "How did it go?" she asks, pulling you to the side to avoid the busy hall. “Are you suspended?” 

You shake your head, feeling the biggest smile grow on your face. "I got off with a warning."

"That's great because do I have news for you," she says, looking around. She turns to you and tells you in a low voice, "I was told that the reason Jungkook got into a fight with Aaron was because Aaron was making fun of you and your confession you planned on doing. Jungkook just... jumped him."

"Really?" you ask, voice loud and completely shocked.

"Shh! Yes!"

"I can't believe he'd do that. He could have gotten in so much trouble," you say more to yourself than to her.

"He didn't get in trouble?" Aleah questions, shock written all over her face.

"Yeah. He got off with a warning like I did," you tell her.

"Holy fuck," she laughs. "So, the only two that got suspended were Naeun and Aaron."

“Wait, they got suspended, but Jungkook and I didn’t?”

“Hilarious right?” Aleah laughs as if she told you the funniest joke she has ever heard. You’ve never seen her laugh so hard to the point where tears begin to form and fall. You shake your head in defeat. “Oh, c’mon. Don’t tell me you don’t find this funny,” she argues, crossing her arms over her chest. 

“I don’t have time to laugh. Although I don’t get why Aaron was suspended when Jungkook was the one who initiated the fight,” you wonder. A group of laughing teenagers walk by as Aleah shakes her head. 

“I was told he already did things that were just piling up because he’s the captain of the football team.” Aleah shrugs, gaze wandering off to the crowd walking past. Some towards the exit while others head towards their clubs or to practice. “It’s stupid that they took so long to suspend him, but are you ready to go?” she asks, turning towards you. 

The two of you usually go to the park and hang out for a while before going home. You two either gossip or do homework that one of your instructors gave you. You’re always there for each other. Whether it be in friendship or in homework, you always help one another out. Today, however, you’re not going to follow her to the park. You feel bad, but knowing her, she’ll be pushing you towards your locker.

"I can't today," you tell her, feeling giddy.

"Why?"

You took in a deep, shaky breath. "Jungkook asked to walk me home." You watch as her eyes go wide. "He's waiting for me at my locker," you finish.

Just as you predicted, Aleah is pushing you in the direction of your locker. "Well don't keep him waiting! Hurry up and go!" You laugh, walking on your own. "If he does anything to you that you don't like, let me know and I'll go kick his ass okay?" she yells.

You turn around to look at her encouraging smile. "I'll let you know the second I'm home what happened!" you call back, waving to her before turning back around and making your way towards your locker.

Reaching your hall, it’s empty except for Jungkook. You can see him leaning against the lockers, looking down at his shoes as he kicks imaginary dust. You can't help but imagine what it would be like if he were to wait for you every day to walk you home. Like he’s your boyfriend. Holding your hand, listening to you talk about your classes, as you listen to him about his practices—you’d even wait for him after practice when you didn't have your club meeting. He’ll smile at you with that scrunch he does with his nose, give you a kiss on your cheek, and eventually your lips.

You shake your head of those thoughts, ignoring the racing of your heart as you make your way down the hall towards him. When you’re close enough, he looks up to meet your eyes. He smiles and you swear you see the light around him shine brighter. "Did you get in trouble?" he asks.

"Ah, n-no. I got off with a warning like you said I would."

He smiles even brighter. How is that even possible? "Told you," he begins, pushing off the locker, "You had nothing to worry about."

"But you did," you counter, remembering what Aleah told you. "You could have gotten suspended for starting a fight."

"But I got a warning," he returns.

"You didn't have to do that for me. All people do is talk, but never do anything," you exclaim, shifting from one foot to the other.

"But I didn't like the way he was talking about you," he speaks under his breath, but you hear him, and you’re at a loss for words on how to respond to that. You've never had anyone defend you the way he did. You want to hug him. "Shall we head home?" He takes a step forward, looking at you to see if you'll follow. You quickly do, walking alongside him as the two of you head towards the door that leads to the front of the school.

The walk is silent, neither of you saying anything to one another. It's not that you don’t mind. You enjoy the feeling of walking beside him. Just knowing that you can walk with him just this once is enough for you. Even if he rejects you because Jungkook is the nicest person you have ever met. He always treats you like everyone else. He's never rude and always says hello when the two of you see one another at home or even at school.

"So, um," he begins, clearing his throat, "I heard about the rumors..."

Your heart stops. Hell, even you stop in your tracks. You’re not ready for his response. "I'm sorry," you sputter. "You can just ignore everything that you heard. It—it was..." What can you think of as an excuse? You were so confident in telling him your feelings, but now that you're standing in front of him with him asking you about it, you lost your nerve. All your confidence is gone.

"Oh," he says, looking a bit disappointed. Did he want to hear it from you?

He says nothing else as he continues to walk ahead. You jog to catch up. What do you say? What are you supposed to do? It seems like you ruined the entire walk because you were going to confess to him. You want to hit yourself.

For the rest of the walk you glance at him to see what sort of expression he has, but you can't read him. You have no idea what he’s thinking and all it does is make you more nervous. Eventually, your house comes into view and you still have no answer. Just a feeling of frustration for yourself. You reach your house first, the two of you stopping at the walkway leading towards your front door.

"Thank you," you tell him, looking anywhere but at him.

"It's no problem. We live next door."

You shake your head. "No," you begin, gathering the courage to meet his eyes, "Thank you for defending me. No one has ever done that for me—well, except for Aleah, but no one has ever gotten into a fight for me."

Jungkook shrugs. "Well, Aaron is an ass, and he shouldn't be talking bad about someone he doesn't know."

You nod in understanding. "I appreciate it and I'm sorry you got hurt in the process." Silence follows after. The two of you seem to have nothing else to say. "Well, I should go in." You gesture to your house with your thumb. Walking up the walkway you tell him, "Bye." He waves as you turn your back to him, glancing at your windows to see if your parents are watching. Thankfully no one is peeking through the curtains.

"What if," he calls. You turn back around to see him still standing in the same spot. "What if"—he whispers to himself—"I want to hear the rumors." He takes in a deep breath. "From you."

"W-what do you mean?" you stutter.

Jungkook glances at your house behind you before walking up to you. "What if I want to hear what you have to say?" He looks down. "Will you tell me?"

You feel like you’re going to throw up. What is happening? He wants to hear your confession? What could that mean?

You're a mess. You're a huge mess.

What surprises you and him is when you say, "I like you." Oh God. You want to run in the house and hide forever. You're never going to go to school again. You're going to move countries—

"Me too."

You look back up to meet his eyes, blinking a few times. "What?"

You can see his eyes widen in shock, as if he just realized what he said. "I-I said I like you, too."

"Really?" He nods. "When?"

"Since you moved next door." He scratches the back of his neck, clearly unsure as to what to do, but you're just as lost as he is. "What about you?" he suddenly questions.

"Same," you reply.

He giggles and you swear your heart is going to explode. "I didn't know you liked me. If I did, I wouldn't have stuck with Naeun for so long. When I heard the rumor, I never felt so happy," he confesses.

"I didn't think you'd like me back," you admit. Why are you acting like this was a casual conversation?

"That's crazy. You're smart, beautiful, funny, the sweetest person I've ever met. Your smile is contagious." You can feel the heat on your cheeks, and it seems Jungkook notices it, too. "Come to my game Friday?"

You want to say 'yes', but instead you say, "I have a club meeting. We usually don't finish until nine."

He hums in response. "Your NOSB club meeting?" You’re shocked that he knoww but you nod in response. "I understand. You have a competition to win, so study hard okay?" You nod again, completely baffled that he knows what club you’re in. He nods as well, glancing at your house once more. “I should go,” he tells you. “I’ll see you tomorrow?” You really wish you can do anything but nod. Sadly that is all you do seeing as your voice is betraying you. Smiling, Jungkook leans in, pressing his lips to your cheek to give you a quick kiss. 

You’re frozen in place, watching him quickly head towards his house, not even glancing at you. Touching the spot where his lips once were, you can’t contain the smile spreading as you head inside. Wait till you tell Aleah. 

“What do underwater earthquakes, landslides, volcanic eruptions, or explosions generate?” Macy, the club leader, questions. 

Jiyeon, standing at the opposite side of the room to be your opponent answers, “Whirlpools.” 

Macy shakes her head. “That is incorrect.” She turns to look at you. “Y/N you get to answer.” 

You think back to your study notes. “Tsunamis,” you answer. 

“Correct!” Macy says with a proud tone in her voice. 

Your club is currently split into two groups, practicing for the competition. You just got your team in the lead as you go to sit down and watch another member go up to the podium to answer the following question. You’re trying your best to focus on the questions, but your eyes keep glancing at the clock above the whiteboard and thoughts go back to the kiss and Jungkook admitting to having the same feelings as you. It’s like a dream come true. Never in a million years would you expect Jungkook to feel the same way, but he does and you are jovial. All you want to do is go to him, see him smile at you, hold your hand, hug you, and so much more. 

“Correct,” Macy yells, bringing you back to the room. She collects the flashcards she used for questions from the desk she sits at. “Well we went past our usual time,” she announces, getting up from the desk. “Make sure you get home safely if you’re not going to take the bus.” 

You glance at the clock one last time seeing that it is 9:05. You look up estimated times as to how long games are, and there is a slight possibility that the game may be playing still. You grab your belongings, casually waving bye and making your way out the door. The second you hear the door close, you sprint down the hall. The basketball game is on the other side of the school, so you’ll have to run the entire way just to try and make it to what's left of the game or to an empty court.

You run as fast and as hard as you can, legs burning, air coming out in short and desperate breaths. Rounding the corner, you almost slip but manage to regain your balance and continue to run. To your surprise you can hear the crowd cheering from the closed doors at the end of the hall. That means the game is still playing. Pulling open one of the doors you walk in until you’re standing next to the bleachers, a clear view of the game. Jungkook stands in the center of the court, yelling at his teammates. Within the crowd of moving players, the ball is passed to Jungkook. He glances around in front of him, seeming to look around for an opening. He mutters to himself before staring ahead and jumping up, tossing the ball.

You watch the ball fly across the court, hitting the rim once, twice—swish! The crowd erupts in cheers, the team members surrounding Jungkook as he yells in victory, fist in the air. You clap along with the crowd as some go to the center of the court and others leaving, talking about the game. You've never seen a basketball game, but from the way everyone is cheering so loudly you would have loved to have gone to one of his games; sit in the crowd, cheer when shots are made and boo when the opposing team does something. You don't know a lot about basketball, but you're willing to learn for him.

Jungkook's eyes meet yours from within the huge group surrounding him. He smiles brightly at you and your breath catches in your throat. He pushes his way through, jogging up to you. "You made it!" He’s sweaty, hair sticking to his forehead.

You exhale, "I didn't make it in time. I just saw the last shot, but I missed everything else. I'm sorry—" You’re cut off by his lips meeting yours. You feel yourself melting as you close your eyes, feeling his soft lips move against yours before pulling away.

"Sorry, I shouldn't have done that," he whispers against your lips. It seems as though he doesn't want to stop, even as he apologizes. You cup his cheeks, pressing your lips against his once more. It’s like a million butterflies fluttering in your stomach, the sound of the cheering people disappearing, and all there is in this building is you and him. He pulls away again, this time further but not far enough as you feel his breath against your lips as he asks, "Would you like to go on a date?"

You open your eyes to meet his. Smiling, you tell him, “Yes.”

First Love | 10

Yoongi x reader | 18+ | college au | tattoo artist au | angst | fluff | swearing | smut | oral sex | handjob | grinding

Word: 4.4k

You first saw him in the multi-purpose room. Later learn his name, and on your third year, as he becomes your neighbor, you discover his lifestyle. Knowing your crush on him was nothing but that, you wanted to find the courage to look for love. Asking your friend for help, you’re pointed in the direction of the expert. Your neighbor, Min Yoongi

Chapter Index

You feel like you’re going to hyperventilate as you pace back and forth in your once again empty room. Ari isn’t here to calm you down, but she’ll only make fun of you or scare you even more rather than actually calm your racing heart and rapid breathing down. You wish you told her what is going to happen today, but it didn’t seem like a good idea. Ari always has a big mouth, so she might actually spill what happens between you and Yoongi to Hoseok who only thinks Yoongi is teaching you simple things to get a date.

Now you’re going to go on a date and after that he’s taking you back to his room and teach you how to give…

You can only swallow at the thought of seeing what’s under his clothing articles. You almost let the thought of him unbuttoning his pants invade your imagination, but you shake your head and check the time on your phone for the umpteenth time. With a few minutes left before meeting in front of Yoongi’s car, you grab your bag, keys and phone, shoving your keys and phone into the bag where your wallet lays. You can’t never stop your racing heart as you go your usual route to meet with Yoongi at the back parking lot. To you it feels like it’s a real date, but it’s not and you know it. You know that deep down inside Yoongi has no feelings towards you and is only doing this for Hoseok. 

You just sadly can’t stop yourself from hoping. 

Reaching the last step to the outdoor stairwell, the door to the first floor hall opens to reveal Yoongi. The two of you meet eyes, no words are said for a few seconds before he breaks the silence, “Ready?” 

You nod, clearly not ready for whatever is about to come. He walks past you and to his car. You follow in suit, looking him up and down at his outfit. You can’t deny that he looks really good in his outfit today. A gray sweatshirt that rolled up to his elbow, a pair of jeans with a rip at the knee, and black combat boots. Simple yet very attractive.

You sigh knowing today is going to be a long day. 

A short drive later, Yoongi pulls into a parking lot, parking in front of the restaurant. He turns off the engine and gets out of the car. You quickly fix your shirt and hair before getting out as he waits for you at the front of his vehicle. With the sound of the car being locked, you follow him up to the wooden double doors. He opens the door, moving to the side for you to enter first. That’s new; you’ve never expected him to do something so… gentlemanly. Maybe because this is supposed to be a date and he’s treating you how people normally do on a first date. You’re not sure, but you’re going to keep quiet and enjoy the change in his personality for today. 

Talking to the host for a brief moment, Yoongi signals you with a nod of his head to follow as the host guides you through the rooms filled with chatting people and soft music. Further in the back of the restaurant, he stands next to an empty booth, smiling politely as you two take your seats. He places the menu, jotting in his small notepad the drinks you’ve ordered. You should be used to Yoongi now; used to his presence and how he acts, but you’re apparently not. You don’t know what to do or say. 

How’s the tattoo business going? I mean, I know I saw you about a week ago working on that Grim Reaper piece, but I’m asking again because I have no idea what to say. What about your music? Is that working out okay? Are the beats… good? 

You want to smack your forehead for the stupidity that just came to thought. 

“Are you always going to be nervous when you go on dates?” he observes in a blasé tone. 

You’re caught off guard by his sudden comment seeing as he isn’t even paying attention to you with his eyes on the menu in front of him. “What?” you babble, grabbing the menu and opening it like you’ve been looking at it the whole time.

Yoongi glances at you. “You were rubbing your hands together, which means you’re nervous. You do this every time we’re together. Are you always going to be nervous even after you find yourself a boyfriend?” 

When did he become so aware of the things you do?

“Sorry,” you tell him, shifting in your seat. “I’m not used to… all of this—clearly.” 

He puts his menu down, eyes boring into your own. “Yes. It’s clearly evident that you’re not used to “all of this”, but we started this whole thing a while ago. I’ve been with you for a while, yet you’re still nervous as hell.” Yoongi leans forward, resting his arms on the table. “What are you going to be like during sex?” 

You can feel the heat rise in your cheeks. “You, nor I don’t know what I’ll be like when that time comes,” you tell him in a defensive voice. 

He only shakes his head. “I know exactly what you’ll be like when the time comes, Y/N. He’ll be ready and you’ll be rubbing your hands together, eyes avoiding, and voice so shaky he won’t even bother taking off his clothes.” 

You try your best to hide the offended look that is clearly evident on your face. You can hear it in your tone as you reply, “You think you know me so well?”

“After spending time with you, yeah you’re pretty easy to read.” 

You huff, “Fine. You want me to stop being nervous, then I will. What date is this—first, second?” Before he can answer, you add, “Well since we’re going back to your place it doesn’t really matter how many dates we’ve been on.” You get up from your seat, walking to his side and plop yourself at the edge, pushing him further into the booth. “Might as well get comfortable,” you say, practically staring daggers into him. 

He only stares at you for a moment before leaning back in his seat. “Fine,” he replies, draping one arm around your shoulder and brings you closer to him. “Let’s see how long you last before you’re back to your old ways.” 

“Fine,” you spit. 

You’re not losing to him. You’re not going to give in and give him the satisfaction of knowing that you’re dying on the inside because everything he does is new to you. You’ve never gotten close to a man like you have with Yoongi, but he doesn’t seem to care, and there is no way you’re letting him run this whole thing. 

For the rest of the date no words are really spoken between the two of you. You both are caught up in your hatred for one another that the whole date isn’t really a date. When the waiter comes by asking if you’re splitting the check, Yoongi says “no” before you can even reply. The check is set down and Yoongi places his card on top before the check disappears along with the waiter. Once again the two of you sit in heated silence until the man returns and gives Yoongi his card back. 

“Have a great night,” the waiter says, a pleasant smile on his face. 

You put on your best smile, wishing the man the same thing before turning forward and grabbing Yoongi’s hand. He looks down at your hands then looks up to you. You’re not looking at him, and he says nothing as he closes his hand around yours. Right now, if you weren’t so agitated, you would be trying to steady your heart. Your breathing, too. 

Arriving at the dorms, you immediately get out of the vehicle when Yoongi parks it in his usual spot. You don’t give him much of an opportunity to say anything as you stomp your way to the stairs. You can see the huge group of partygoers from the window as you make your way up. 

Happy, carefree people enjoying the party and mingling and hooking up like nothing. Those happy bastards. 

You’re already down the hall and turning left into the stairwell to cross and get to your hall when you hear the door open from behind you. You don’t have to look back to know it’s Yoongi who just entered the building. When you pass the stairwell, you can hear laughter coming from the main floor. Seems like the MPR is full and people are now filling the lobby and halls. 

You’re walking down your hall and it’s quieter than ever. It’s a bit strange since there’s some people who don’t socialize like you, yet they're not making a sound in their own room. Pulling out your key, you put it in the hole. 

“Where are you going?” Yoongi calls, halfway down the hall. He’s a fast walker. 

“I’m going to change,” you jeer, twisting the key and pushing open the door. “I’ll see you in a minute,” you tell him before entering your room and letting the door close behind you. After a few seconds, you hear the sound of his door opening and closing. “That stupid, full of himself, know-it-all jerk,” you grumble, tossing your bag on your bed as you begin to remove your clothes and shoes. “He doesn’t know me. I’m not easy to read.” Opening the dresser drawer that is under your bed, you pull out a peach colored shirt and gray plaid pajama pants. “He doesn’t know me,” you grumble, putting on your pants and shirt. Grabbing your keys and phone, you slip your feet into your slippers and leave your room, taking a few steps to your left and knocking on Yoongi’s door. 

The door opens with him in different clothes; black sweats and dark blue shirt. He moves out of the way for you to enter, closing the door behind you. “Ready for this, sweetheart?” Yoongi asks in a mocking tone, walking past you and to his desk where he moves things around. Suddenly you’re fully aware as to what is about to happen. Your heart begins to race, palms become sweaty, and breathing uneven. He looks to you and you put on your best “fight me” look you can muster. You’re pretty sure it doesn’t look how you hope. “On the bed,” he commands, bobbing his head once to his bed next to you before he turns back to his desk.  

You shuffle to his bed, eyes scanning the floor for a stepstool. You stand next to his bed in slight shock. He doesn’t have a stepstool? These beds aren’t to the height of your thigh or something, they’re slightly above your waist, to the curve of your body. How did you get into his bed last time? Wasn’t there a step stool or something you stood on to get on there? Your mind is running at the past memory, but you can't remember. 

You let out a quiet sigh. You can do a run and jump, but you’d look stupid doing that and if you don’t make it. You’ll just have to do a stupid jump and pray. You put your hands on his mattress, bending your knees slightly before doing the biggest jump you can. There is no looking cool while getting on his bed—more like your upper half makes it and you’re already slipping. You swing your leg on the bed, pushing yourself up as hard as you can, but you’re not that strong and you didn’t have that run and jump like you wanted. 

You’re about to give up but you feel a pair of hands on the back of your thigh and your waist, pushing you up on the bed. When you’ve finally got yourself situated, you feel your cheeks rising with heat as you let your slipper fall with the one that had fallen earlier. Pushing yourself further back on the bed, Yoongi jumps onto his bed with ease. He sits facing you, watching you as you turn to face him and cross your legs. 

He holds a banana up to you. “This is what you’ll be practicing on,” he says. 

You feel as if your soul has left your body. Not only did you forget the whole reason as to why you're here, but you feel relieved to be practicing on a fruit rather than the real thing. “Okay,” you answer. You take the banana holding it closer to the end. “W-what am I supposed to do?” you ask, a slight stuttering in your voice. 

“Put your other hand at the base,” he instructs. You do as told, wrapping your hand around the middle of the banana. “Giving a handjob dry is not the way to go. Always find ways to get it wet so that it’s easier for both you and your partner.” 

“Get it wet?”

“Your spit or lube,” he tells you in such a nonchalant way you almost choke on your own spit. 

“Am I,” you begin, swallowing, “do I have to spit on this?” 

Yoongi shakes his head. “I can give you lube if you want to know what it feels like.” You slowly nod your head, watching him as he turns his upper half to look behind him where his desk is. A few shuffling around sounds and he turns back to you holding a small black bottle. Holding it out towards the yellow fruit, he gives two squirts. The clear liquid is cold to the touch as it slides down to your hands. “From where your bottom hand is, that’s the end of the penis, using your other hand, spread the lube. Move your hand up and down.” 

You release the base of the banana only to close your hand around it where the liquid covers it. You move up then down on the object, covering it in the cool goo. “Not that fast. When you first start off, build up the orgasm. Go slow and get him in the mood,” he informs you, placing his hand around yours and slowly moving your hand up and down. “Some men like it when you twist your hand.” He twists your grip around the item as you continue your movement. 

“How do I know if they like it?” you can’t help but ask. This banana can’t talk, so he’s not sure if you’re doing anything right. 

“The guy will moan, his breathing becomes heavy, he whispers in your ears, he’ll even tell you how he wants it,” he acknowledges, removing his hand from yours. 

You look up to meet his eyes. “I don’t know if I’m doing this right, and when I do have a moment like this, I don’t know if he’ll stay long if I’m practicing on a banana,” you confess. Maybe it’s best not to do this. You’ll just have to go into this kind of moment blind. 

“Would you rather practice on me?” he proposes, looking at you with such a straight face. 

You freeze, your hand stopping at the top of the banana. “What?” you babble, tone confused. 

He crosses his arms over his chest. “If you want to learn how to give a decent handjob on your first try, I’m offering myself. I wasn’t going to, but since you’re not nervous or anything.” You can hear his mocking tone. “I’m not forcing you. You can do this on your own when you have sex,” he adds. 

“I can’t—how am I supposed to? Is this even part of the contract? Do you even want—I’m scared.” You can’t keep this tough girl act up anymore. You’re scared. Not scared of being forced; not scared of doing it wrong. You’re scared of doing this with him. You have feelings for Yoongi, and if you do this, who knows how this will end. You know your feelings will grow even more, but there is also something else telling you that doing this is a bad idea.

Yet you want to say yes. You want to know what it feels like to be one of those girls that pleases him. You want to know what it’s like to tip Min Yoongi over the edge. 

You hate yourself for thinking that. 

“I know I’m a dick,” he begins, grabbing the banana from your grip, “but I’m not going to force you, belittle you for not doing it, or tell everyone in this hall that you did if you want to. Whatever you decide, it stays in this room and never leaves.” 

“Can you put on some music?” He nods, turning his back to you once again, a few dings ringing in the room as he grabs his phone next to him, looking through it for a second before a soft beat plays from a speaker on his desk. He looks to you, waiting. “How do you get into the mood?”

“Would you like to go first?” he inquires. 

“Go first?”

“I’ll get you into the mood first before you do practice.” 

You’re quiet for a moment, the beat getting a bit louder and faster. “Okay,” you say in a low voice. 

He nods, getting on his knees. He taps on the bed in front of him a few times. “Come closer.” You hesitantly scoot closer to him, your knees almost touching his. “Close your eyes.” When you don't close them, he says, “Trust me. If you don’t like it, just tell me and I’ll stop.” 

You close your eyes, your briskly beating heart filling your ears. Suddenly, you feel his hands on your cheeks, soft and smooth. You keep still as you feel his thumbs brush along your lips, sending a chill down your body. He runs a finger down your neck. Then his hands are on your shoulders, pushing you down on your back. You do as instructed, feeling him place himself between your legs. 

“I’m going to touch you, okay?” he says, waiting for your response. 

You take in a deep, shaky breath as you say, “Okay.” 

You feel his hands again, touching your waist. His fingers go under your shirt, touching your skin. You shiver, feeling his hand slide further up until he’s close to your bra, but not close enough. His hands come back down to your waist. 

“Do you want me to continue?” You nod in response, eyes still close. He grabs the band of your pants and begins to pull them down. You begin to shake a bit. “Are you sure?”

“I’m just nervous,” you tell him. You’re a little excited and curious as to what he’s going to do. “You’re not going to…” you trail off. 

“I’m not going to have sex with you if that’s what you’re asking,” he notifies, lowering your pants even further and finally removes them. 

You can’t help but close your legs. Yoongi says nothing as his hands brush along your thighs. As if his hands have a magic touch to them, you feel your legs opening for him, letting his hands roam in between your thighs. You let out a shaky sigh. Oh so suddenly you feel his finger run down your clothed womanhood and your body can’t help but jerk. Feeling a shift in the bed, his hands grab your under your thighs close to your behind. 

“Move down more,” he guides, pulling you closer to him. You move down feeling the edge of the bed with your feet. “Lift up a bit.” He taps your leg. When your lower half is up, you feel your underwear being removed. 

He said he isn’t going to have sex with you. He said he isn’t, you say in your head, refusing to open your eyes to see what it is that he’s doing. 

It’s sudden and strange, but you feel something wet and warm run along your walls. It happens again, the strange object touching your bud and causing you to inhale. You can’t help but open your eyes. Looking to the closet mirror on the other side of the room, you see Yoongi standing at the end of the bed, his head in between your thighs. 

You watch in complete shock. You can’t see what he’s doing with your thigh blocking his head, and his hands wrapped around them, keeping you from moving. Ari tells you stories, and after hearing so many, you know what’s happening. 

“Having someone eat you out is amazing,” Ari once told you. 

Is this what it feels like? It’s strange. There’s no pleasure; your thighs aren’t closing shut from the pleasure. You feel weird having something move up and down between your legs. 

You let out a sudden moan when he is no longer licking, but sucking. He isn’t hard or soft as he absorbs your bead, he knows exactly what he’s doing. He runs his tongue along your jewel, making his way down between your walls once again and it’s like a whole new feeling. It isn’t strange anymore, it isn’t uncomfortable. It’s a sensation that is ten times better than when you had your moment in the bathroom. He swirls his tongue, bites at your lips, and brings his thumb to your bean moving it up and down. 

You arch your back, trying your best to let out small, quiet moans, but it feels so good you can’t keep still. You clutch the sheets, covering your mouth and eyes as you feel that familiar high. Your moans are a bit louder as your legs are forced to stay open when all they want to do is shut close. 

“Yoongi,” you moan, feeling the high reach its peak before bursting. He doesn’t stop as he continues his swirls, helping you ride out your second orgasm. You collapse onto his bed, watching him from the mirror as he grabs the towel off his chair and wipe his face before wiping your now sensitive area. 

He looks to the mirror as well, meeting your eyes. “Do you want to continue or are you done?” HIs expression is blank and you wonder if he wants to continue. Maybe he just wants you to leave. You’ll feel bad if you leave. The whole point of this is to learn how to make a guy feel good, and you’re the only one who enjoyed it. 

“I want to learn if that’s okay with you,” you answer, sitting up on the bed. 

Yoongi climbs onto the bed, crawling past you until he is sitting against the wall at the head of the bed. You turn around to face him. “You’ll be doing everything,” he says, looking down at his pants then back at you. Taking the hint you get between his legs and slowly reach for his sweats. He lifts himself enough for you to pull down both his pants and boxers. Your eyes widen at his member. It looks big to you, but you don’t know how big a penis usually is, yet that isn’t the only thing that shocks you. It’s hard. He got horny from what he did to you. 

You feel a little proud to be able to do that. Then again, maybe it’s natural for a guy to feel that way when pleasing a woman. 

“Grab the lube next to you and squirt two pumps like I showed you,” he advises. Grabbing the bottle, you bring it close to him doing two pumps and watch it fall and slide down his length. You put the bottle down and reach for it, wrapping your hand around him. It’s warm and hard. Remembering what Yoongi taught you earlier, you slowly move your hand up and down his shaft. You continue to pump when you suddenly hear quiet pants coming from Yoongi. You look up at him watching as his chest rises and fall, sweat forming on his forehead. “Move your wrists.” You twist your wrists like he showed. “That’s it,” he rasps, nodding his head. “Go a bit faster.” He groans when you do so. 

Is this what other girls see when they’re with him? Do they see a vulnerable man let himself not be in control as they please him? Do they get to hear his heavy breathing and deep voice when he tells you what to do? You feel your lower region tingle as you watch Yoongi lean his head back, eyes shut tight. 

Something takes over you. Something new. 

Without even thinking you release his girth and get on top of him. Ari’s story runs through your head as you press your core against his member. You move your body forward and back, feeling his shaft along your inner walls. 

“Fuck,” he says under his breath, grabbing your hips and pushing you to move even faster against him. You already feel your build up as you move even faster, hands pressing against the wall behind him. You let yourself enjoy the feeling of being on top of him as you continue to ride him, feeling as high as you can as white dots begin to take over your vision. Your body jerks as you ride out your high. Yoongi continues to pull you back and forth before he reaches his own nirvana. 

The two of you stay like that for a few moments. Coming off your ecstasy and coming to realize what you did. You’re embarrassed as you try to think of what to say. He doesn’t say anything as he keeps his eyes closed. “I need to use your restroom,” you say, breaking the silence as you get off him and the bed, grabbing your underwear and pants before quickly walking into the bathroom. 

Everything is ruined. You ruined everything by agreeing to do this. He’ll look at you like you’re another girl he sleeps with. You’ll never find someone to fall in love with—

The sound of the room door opens. “What are you doing here?” Yoongi asks, voice muffled. You quickly slip on your clothes and press your ear against the door. 

“I couldn’t stop thinking about you when I saw you at the party,” a female voice says. 

“Why are you here?” Yoongi asks again with agitation. 

“I want to apologize and hope we can—” the voice gets cut off by Yoongi. 

“You should go.” 

There’s a brief moment of silence before the girl asks, “Are you still sleeping with random girls?” When Yoongi says nothing, the woman adds with a sigh, “Yoongi.” 

“Now is not the time, and you should go, Sam.” 

Your eyes widen, body frozen still. Sam, the strawberry blonde girl you played beer pong with comes to mind.

First Love | 11

Yoongi x reader | 18+ | college au | tattoo artist au | angst | fluff | swearing

Word: 2.6k

You first saw him in the multi-purpose room. Later learn his name, and on your third year, as he becomes your neighbor, you discover his lifestyle. Knowing your crush on him was nothing but that, you wanted to find the courage to look for love. Asking your friend for help, you’re pointed in the direction of the expert. Your neighbor, Min Yoongi

Chapter Index

It’s been about a week since you last saw Yoongi. A week since you’ve discovered that he has a past with Sam, the girl you met at the party, but you’re not fully sure if it’s the same Sam and what past they have. 

You never told Ari about this. It was too… embarrassing for you to mention. You did what Ari didn’t want you to get hurt about, and you’re deeply hurt. Sure you didn’t do the actual thing with Yoongi like a lot of girls have, but what you did and what happened after caused a silence between the two of you. It’s not like you’re avoiding him the way he’s avoiding you. He hasn't texted you or talked to you, and Hoseok says there’s usually a girl in his room so he has to wait for her to leave before he can go in. 

Ari would give you worried glances, but you’d brush it off like you’re not about to cry because your feelings for him grew ten times more. When you left his room and went to yours, you lied in bed and cried yourself to sleep. Just like you did the first night of the year. That fear you felt when you were in that room only proved to be right. This ended badly and you’re left feeling empty.

Right now you’re sitting in class trying to focus on the lecture rather than on Sam and Yoongi, and you and Yoongi. You want to know who this girl is and what past they have together to make Yoongi sound so hateful. The only person you can ask is the person who knows him best. Thankfully you’re meeting Ari and Hoseok for lunch after class. 

As your professor finishes his lecture, you pack your belongings and leave the room like a lot of eager students who are just done listening to long rambles about night photography and how to have a better advantage when taking them. Walking down the hallway, you reach the stairwell and follow the group of people heading down. When you’re out of the building, you make your way towards the food court where Ari and Hoseok will be waiting. 

Not having your earphones in, you’re stuck with listening in on others conversations. Nothing is interesting to you; they talk about class or “the bastard is gonna get his ass beat when I see him this weekend—I can’t believe he cheated on me”. Conversations you can care less for. You have your own problems and one of those is how to bring Sam up in a conversation without causing Ari to get suspicious and cause Hoseok to question things. Sweet Hoseok is oblivious, and you want to keep it that way when you ask about her. 

Off into the distance, further away from the court, compared to you, is Hoseok chatting with someone. Your face lights up in realization as you pick up the pace to the food court. With another quick glance at Hoseok, and realizing he’s making his way over, you lightly jog inside and scan the area for Ari. You’re starting to feel the panic as Hoseok gets closer and closer to the building while your eyes continue to glance back and forth in the room. 

Where is she?

“Y/N over here,” her voice rings, hand waving towards you from the far left corner of the room. 

You almost run to her now as you throw your bag on a chair next to you and rush, “Whatever I ask Hoseok play along—I’ll explain everything later—” 

Hoseok has just arrived. “Hey guys,” he says, smiling as he takes a seat next to Ari and places a kiss at her temple. 

You try your best to act like nothing happened. “Hey. Are you guys ready to eat? I’m starving,” you tell them, voice wavering just a bit from the adrenaline of just a simple beating him here. 

“Yeah, let’s get some grub,” he agrees, smiling oh-so happily as he gets up. To your luck he never catches on, but Ari’s now staring at you with a curious look. You give her a begging look and that is all you need to do before she gives up and plays along with your request, but you know she’ll be barking questions the second the two of you are alone. “What are you guys in the mood for? I got an A on my performance so it’s my treat,” Hoseok explains, a huge grin on his face as he wraps his arms around Ari’s and your shoulders. 

“I’ll never deny free food, and congrats, babe.” Ari gets on her tiptoes and places a kiss on his cheek.  

“Thanks, baby, and don’t even argue with me Y/N, you’re letting me pay today,” Hoseok concludes without giving you a chance to deny his offer. 

You sigh, “Then can I have Chinese?” You point to the stand next to the Greek food stand. 

“I’m down for some Chinese,” Ari inputs. 

“Chinese it is!” 

After spending five minutes waiting for Ari to decide what she wants, getting in line and placing your order, and finally getting your food, the three of you sit at the table, munching on your orders. Ari and Hoseok spend a majority of the time talking while you struggle to find a way to bring up Yoongi and Sam. There never seems to be a perfect moment, and the longer you wait, the closer you get to finishing your food and leaving for the day while Hoseok goes back to class. 

But it’s like fate is on your side as Hoseok says, “Yoongi seems to be having a lot of girls over because almost every day when I go to the room, there’s a piece of red tape on the door. This is worse than usual. I know I said this before, but I really want to go in my room once in a while without having to wait all the time.”

It hurts. It hurts more than anything to hear that again, but you can’t let that pain show on your face even as Ari glances at you with a worried expression once again. “Oh, yeah,” you begin, swallowing the lump in your throat, “I forgot to say this last time, but some time last week I heard someone knocking on his door. It was a girl and it sounded like Yoongi wasn’t happy to see her there,” you claim, leaving out the details of being in his bathroom rather than in your room. 

Hoseok frowns. “Really? Did you happen to catch her name or what she looks like?”

“I didn’t see what she looks like, but I think he said Sam?” You try to look like you’re struggling to remember what he said, but his words are so clear in your head. 

You can see the slight shock on Hoseok’s face as he mutters, “Oh.” 

So he does know Sam. “Do you know her?” you question. 

Hoseok can only shake his head as he answers, “Yeah. She’s Yoongi’s ex girlfriend.” 

You need more information. You feel desperate for more information. “What happened between them? It has to be something bad since he didn’t sound happy and you don’t look like she’s a great person.” 

Hoseok picks at his food, taking a quick glance at you. “You can’t tell him I told you this.” 

You do your best not to look eager as you nod. “Of course.” 

“They met when they were sophomores in high school. It was an immediate attraction, and after five months they were dating. They’ve been together for four years before they broke up last year.”

“Why did they break up?” Ari asks, seemingly invested in Yoongi’s past just as much as you are. 

He sits back, running a hand down his face. “When Yoongi is dedicated to something, he’s dedicated. He’s also not good at expressing his feelings. In high school and even now he works on making music, so he tends to be cooped up in his room for days. Sam wanted attention from him—you know, to know he still loves her, but Yoongi struggles with that. Last year Yoongi caught her cheating on him, and that was the end of that.” 

You can’t think of anything to say. He met a girl; he fell in love, and now he’s heartbroken. How long did it take for him to fall in love with her? How long will he continue to let this eat him whole? 

“That must have sucked,” Ari mutters with a sincere tone. 

“Yeah, and I’m really hoping the girl that is in the room isn’t her,” Hoseok groans, taking a bite of his food.

“Never get back with an ex. Especially if they’ve cheated on you,” Ari recites, as if it’s an actual rule written in a book somewhere. 

“What does she look like?” you inquire. You have to know that the woman you met at the party, the nice girl who made you feel a bit more comfortable being there... You have to know that she is not the Sam that broke Yoongi’s heart. But the memory of Yoongi’s dejected look flashes in your head. 

It is her. You know it. You were his distraction in the bathroom when he saw her that day. 

“She has like red blondish hair? Brown eyes. She’s a theater arts major, so if you’ve gone to plays you may have seen her.” He shrugs, finishing the rest of his food. 

“Plays? I’ve been to a few.” Ari taps her chin in thought. “I’m trying to remember a girl with that hair color. What plays has she been in?”

“Uhhh…” he trails off, eyes darting back and forth a bit as he tries to remember. “The last time I saw one was when she was in Shakespeare’s The Taming of the Shrew. She was Katherine? I’m not a pro at Shakespeare, so I’m not totally sure if she played that character.” 

“Oh! The strawberry blonde? She’s gorgeous,” Ari comments, eyes wide with surprise.

Yeah, she really is, you confirm, remembering how pretty she is and how her laugh was so bubbly and warm. You can feel a tinge of jealousy boiling in the pit of your stomach. She’s pretty, friendly, funny and so much more. Yoongi fell in love with her. He’ll never fall in love with you, and you hate yourself for thinking about that. 

“You’ve seen her before?” Ari asks.

You blink a few times in realization that you said those words out loud. “Yeah. She was at the party I went to. She was the other team I was playing against in beer pong.” 

“Really?” Hoseok baffles, voice louder than before. Ari covers his mouth, smiling apologetically to the eyes glancing in your direction. They’re the perfect couple when it comes to being loud. He removes his girlfriend’s hand from his mouth. “No wonder Yoongi was acting weird when he came back. He was in a pissy mood—more than usual,” he adds. 

“Damn. He must really hate her.” Ari shakes her head, pressing the lock button on her phone to check the time. “Oh, babe you should go. Class starts in ten,” she tells Hoseok, looking to him as her phone goes black once again.  

Taking a quick glance at his watch, his eyes widen before he closes the lid to his box, picking it up along with his backpack. “You’re right. I’ll see you guys later.” Giving a quick kiss to Ari, Hoseok quickly leaves the food court. 

The second he’s out of sight, Ari’s attention is now on you. “So are you going to tell me what that was about?”

You sigh. You can’t have a second to yourself before she bombards you with questions, but it’s just like you predicted. “Well what I told Hoseok was what I told you to wait for.” You avert your gaze. “Except I was in Yoongi’s bathroom when Sam knocked on his door.” 

“What were you doing in his room?” You can see the hint of curiosity and playfulness dance on her face.

“What happened that day was a mistake. Sam clearly wants him back, and Yoongi hasn’t spoken to me since that day.” You can see that Ari wants more information as to what happened that day, but you just aren’t ready to tell her. Tell her what will most likely be the biggest mistake you’ll ever make. “I’ll tell you some time, Ari. Just not now.” 

Her being your best friend, she can tell your distress and can only nod, reaching across the table to take your hand in hers. “Whenever you’re ready, hon, I’ll be here and ready to beat ass if necessary.” You nod, now fighting the urge to cry all over again. You’ve been fighting the urge to cry almost every day, and you feel ridiculous about it. “Want to head back to the dorm?” 

You nod again, closing the lid to your entrée box. You grab your backpack, along with your food and follow her to the trash can to toss the food and follow her out of the building. Walking through the crowd, Ari loops her arm through yours, smiling as she leads you to the bus stop to wait for your ride back to the dorm. 

A short, and somewhat crowded ride later, you and Ari lie in your own beds staring up at the ceiling in silence. “I know I have a paper to write, but right now I could care less what the four main issues Hunston discusses regarding in corpus design are. I think I’d rather talk about the Tokugawa era and its fall than anything with corpus linguistics,” Ari complains, the sound of her feet hitting her bed filling the silence. 

You frown in confusion. “What?”

“Exactly!” she whines, “Why did I decide to take five classes this semester?”

“Why did you?” you ask her, turning to your side to see her through the mirror. She can’t see you though, so it always makes you feel a bit weird staring at her without her really knowing it. 

“I want my last semester to be the easiest,” she answers, her smile spreading across her lips. The smile leaves as she sits up and stares at you. Seeing her serious expression, you sit up and look at her. “If you don’t want to do this with Yoongi anymore you should tell him. I’ll make something up to Hoseok if he asks.”

You give her a small smile as your gaze goes down to your hands on your lap. You know you have to end things with him. If you continue to receive these lessons it’ll only hurt you in the end. You can’t keep pushing yourself onto this hope that he’ll one day fall for you. No matter how much you wish for his attention, you’ll never get it. “Yeah, I know,” you whisper, blinking back the tears. 

You hear her moving around before the sound of her feet hitting the floor causes you to look up. She grabs her white water bottle. “I’m gonna go fill up my bottle and then find Rollan downstairs because I have questions about bringing a cat in here.” You chuckle. “Be back,” she sings, opening the door and leaving the room. 

When the door closes with a bang, you let out a shaky sigh and grab your phone that’s hidden under your pillow. You unlock it, going to your contacts and search for his name. Once you tap on his name and open the text, you type away with shaky fingers. 

[1:14 pm] Me: Hey. After thinking about it, I feel like I’ve learned enough to try and find someone on my own. I won’t be needing those lessons anymore. I hate you.

Deleting the last sentence, you hit send.

Cookies

Jimin x reader | 18+ | oneshot | neighbors au | smut | oral | roleplay | swearing

Word: 3.2k

You made cookies, and it’s only fair to share it with your neighbors

You wave goodbye to your elderly neighbor, her wrinkled smile making your smile grow. You're going to miss her the most. You wish you didn't have to move, but with your promotion and them relocating you, there isn't much of a choice. You love your little, cozy apartment, and if the commute isn't so far, you’d stay. You'll miss your neighbors too. Well, the ones you talk to and know well enough to invite over for dinner.

Looking down in your hands was the last bag of baked cookies. Letting out a breath, you quickly fix your hair and dress. The last person to receive your cookies is your neighbor Jimin. The neighbor that all young women and men know about. The neighbor everyone wants to fuck, and some got lucky enough to do so. You only know because he makes the girls scream, and it only makes you wish you were one of them.

You'd never do it. It would only make you feel like just another one of his... play things. Through the numerous glances and seductive talks he would give you, you thought it would be best to show him what he's missing. For not asking you out once you suppose. You walk up to his door, room 33 and knock. Suddenly you feel ridiculous for dressing up so much. You're just saying bye, thanks and hand him his cookies. Why go over the top?

The sound of the lock turning told you it’s too late to change your mind. The door opens to reveal Jimin with nothing but a towel wrapped around him. Your eyes can't help but wander from his black hair sticking to his forehead to his toned abs shining from the water drops that are sliding down and disappearing beyond the black towel. You really wish you can see what’s underneath.

"Can I help you, princess?" he asks, voice raspy and just...

You blink and meet his eyes. "I just wanted to give you these as a thank you and farewell." He looks down at the bag in your hands, a brow lifted. "I'm moving next week, so I just wanted to give these to you. If you're allergic or something—"

"You can leave them on my counter," he says, opening the door wider for you as he walks away.

"I'm sorry?"

"The kitchen is to the left." He points down a doorway as he continues down the hall. "I'm going to change real quick." Then he disappears, leaving you standing outside his entrance.

You didn't know what to do but thought it was best to do what he says rather than stand there like an idiot when he comes back. So, you enter the apartment, close the door behind you, and make your way down the hall and enter the kitchen. You couldn't help but gawk at how nice and clean his kitchen is. White walls, dark wood cabinets and a small table in the corner for two people. What if he was a chef? With all the high end appliances, he must be a great cook. Realizing you're admiring his kitchen and still holding the baked goods, you walk over to his counter and set the cookies down. Is this marble?

"So you're moving?" You jump at the sound of his voice. You turn around, mouth open to answer his question—where is his shirt? Where is his shirt? He's obviously doing this on purpose. He crosses his arms over his chest and leans against the doorway. "You're moving?"

You shake your head, eyes going up to where his are. "Yeah. I got a raise and I'm being relocated, so it's best to find an apartment closer to where I work." He hums in response but nothing more. You move to the side and point to his gift. "This is a thank you and farewell gift."

"Thank you," he repeats, his head cocking lightly to the side in what looks like confusion.

"Yeah. A thank you for helping me when it came to my groceries, my mail and a lot of other things you didn't need to help me with but did. So, thank you." You open the bag out of nervousness because you don't know what to do now. "Would you like to try one?" you ask him, holding the bag open but not grabbing one. He might not like you touching his food. You don't know. You're nervous.

Jimin pushes himself off the doorway and walks over to you. You forced your eyes to stay on his. You know that if you look down at his pajama pants, you could probably see his junk. You're not a pervert. Nope. He is standing very close to you as he grabs a cookie out from the bag. Wow, he smells nice. Like pinewood? You're not sure but you could smell this all day.

"So you came over to give me these," he begins, stepping closer to you and forcing you to step back, "wearing my favorite dress of yours." You're backed up against the counter, his body a few inches from yours. His mint breath was fanning your face. You couldn't meet his intense gaze as you decided to look at his neck.

There was one time you wore this dress and you met Jimin in the hallway. You suppose in his flirty tone he complimented your dress. You felt butterflies when he told you what he thought.

"I... I didn't know it was your favorite dress," you half lie. You knew he liked it because of the compliment, but you didn't know he'd act like this with you wearing it. Alone. In his apartment.

He hums again. "Turn around."

"What?" you mumble, looking up at him.

"Turn around," he commands, and you do. Never touching his body with your own. "This is my favorite dress because of the back." You feel his finger brush along your bare back. Your dress had an open in the back. Not big, but enough to see. "Do you know what this dress does to me?" He places his hands on the counter, trapping you between his arms.

"No," you whisper, heart racing. You gasp, suddenly feeling him against you, his lower region fully on your butt. You could swear you feel his half erect member.

"The first time I saw you wearing this I wanted to rip it off you," he rasps in your ear. "Let you know just how hard you make me." He grinds against you, his penis getting more and more erect.

You let in a shaky breath. "I-um"—you swallow, gripping the bag for dear life— "I have to meet my boyfriend soon."

"Your boyfriend?"

You nod. "I have a boyfriend."

"You want to leave?" You can only nod, voice wanting to betray you with a small moan. "You're not attracted to me." You shake your head in agreement. "Then why are you moving your hips?"

At his words, you realized that you were moving your hips. You were grinding against him just like he was doing to you. "I don't know," you lie, but you actually stop and so does he.

"Where's your phone?" he asks you.

"In my pocket." The reason you love this dress so much is because of the pockets it has. It's amazing.

You feel him dig in your pocket and pull out your phone, handing it to you. "Text him and tell him you won't be coming," he instructs as you take your phone.

Your eyes widen. "I can't do that."

"Up to you, princess. I'm in the mood, and the things I can do to you..." he trails off, his hands on your hips and lower until it reaches the end of your dress.

You're a mess. You don't know what to do. With Jimin sliding his hands up your thighs under your dress was not helping. His fingers leave a hot trail in his wake and all you wanted to do was feel more of him. Feel his hands roam your body and feel his member inside of you. You're horny and you want him. So, you send a text to your boyfriend.

"Good girl," he tells you, voice deep and silky. He places a hand on your upper back and pushes you forward, forcing you to lean on the counter. He pushes your dress up until it reaches the middle of your back. He chuckles and you realize you're wearing a thong. "Picking all my favorites today." His hands are on your ass, squeezing them before he slaps your butt. You jump a bit, the bag of cookies now out of your hands. He was now at the bands of your underwear, pulling it down until it fell on its own. "So this boyfriend of yours," he begins, his feet lightly kicking your own to spread your legs, "have you had sex with him yet?"

You think back, but find it hard when his fingers brush along your walls. "Y-yes." How much longer until you feel his fingers in you?

"Is he good?"

Was he? "Yes." It's been so long since the two of you had sex. Always busy. Never has time. He finally reaches your bud. "He always makes sure I'm the first to come. Sometimes it happens twice before he comes." You moan as his fingers move in a circular motion.

"Do you think I'm bigger than him?" he inquires, his other hand swiftly unbuttoning the first two buttons of your dress to cup your breast and play with it.

"I don't know," you breathe, swirling your hips to try and feel more. Much to your dismay, he removes his fingers from your womanhood and your breast.

You want to complain but he orders, "On your knees, sweetheart." You're hot and bothered but do as told. Turning around to face him, you get on your knees, looking up to meet him. He only nods at you and you knew what he wanted. You grab the band of his sweats, heart racing with excitement as you pull them down. His cock was a lot bigger than your boyfriend’s. You're beyond excited now as you grab his warm, throbbing tool, bringing your mouth closer to it.

You back up at him, staring at him with lust as you slowly lick the tip. He licks his own lips in anticipation. You give another lick but this time starting at the end of his base and make your way up like you're licking a lollipop. "C'mon baby," he whispers, his hand pushing back a few strands of hair away from your face before holding all of it in his hands. "Show me how badly you want me."

Oh you want him all right. Doing one more lick at his tip, you finally put as much of him as you can in your mouth. You push further before pulling back, making sure you hollow out your cheeks. This motion continues for a while, slow and then quick all while Jimin curses under his breath. It seems like he let you go at your pace for a while before he decided it wasn't enough. With your hair in his hand, he guides you. His breathing is going ragged and he's now thrusting into your mouth rougher and deeper to the point where your nose is touching his waist and your eyes are watery. After a few more deep thrusts you feel his warm fluid fill your mouth. He pulls out and you swallow, breathing heavily.

Jimin can only smirk, releasing your hair and helping you up to your feet. "Bedroom, princess." You leave his kitchen, walking down the hall and guessing where his room is. "Clothes off," he calls from the kitchen as you find his room.

You wish you could admire his room, but all you want to do is remove your clothes and lie readily for him to ravage you. You slip your heels off, unbuttoning your dress and tossing it on the floor. You forgot your underwear is on the kitchen floor. Climbing onto his bed, you remain on your knees, waiting impatiently for him to come in. When you are about to touch yourself to keep your high going, Jimin walks in. You watch him as he climbs onto the bed and lies on his back.

He taps his lips with his finger. "Sit." You're eager as you crawl over to him and bring one leg on the other side of his head. You couldn't help but look down at him with uncertainty. "Don't be shy, baby. I'll fuck your brains out later." You feel chills run down your spine before scooting forward until his face was no longer seen. You could feel his warm breath before his tongue brushed between your lips. Your body could only jerk a bit from how sensitive you already are.

He explores every inch of your warmth, sucking on your clit and flicking it with his tongue. You're moaning, pressing your forehead against the wall as you enjoy the feeling of his mouth. Your boyfriend never let you sit on your face, nor did he hold you from trying to move away as he ate you out. Jimin is doing everything right as he explores you and finds your special spot and works there for a while before you feel his hands on your waist and actually moves you forward and back. You follow his instructions moving front and back, front and back until you are moving on your own, hand pulling his hair as you're practically moving at the fastest pace you could. You're louder, head up and movement no longer at a certain pace. You see stars as you ride in and out of your orgasm.

He holds you there, taking in all that he could before letting you climb off. He grabs the towel from his bedside to wipe his face from all that didn't make it in his mouth. You couldn't help but look down to see that he was hard once again. You're nervous as to what's to come. He holds his hand out to you, nodding for you to take it. As you do he pulls you closer to him. Scooting closer to him, Jimin cups your cheeks and presses his lips to yours.

The kiss isn't needy or rough. Jimin is kissing you softly and sensually. His tongue brushes along your lower lip, asking for entrance. When you open your mouth, he explores, his tongue dancing with yours as his hands roam your body. One hand plays with your breasts while the other goes back to your lower region. You moan into his mouth, body sensitive and not ready for him, but you still want it. Your hand went to his member and began to stroke him, hoping he felt the same pleasure he was giving you.

He breaks the kiss. "You're pretty wet," he states, stroking your bud one last time. "I'm not wet enough." Catching on to what he means, you push yourself back just enough to lean down and take him in your mouth once again. You didn't lick him or tease him; you went straight for sucking him to the point where he was breathing heavy. He places his hand under your chin and taps your cheek as he says, "It's too early for me to come again." You sit up. "I want to actually fuck you first. Lie down." You lie on your back and watch him move between your legs and align his shaft. "I'm not going to be soft, love. I want to hear you." He pushes himself in and you gasp. He's big and is filling you in all the right places.

Once he's fully in he slowly brings himself out, and once he's almost at the tip, Jimin slams into you. From there he doesn't stop his pace. He grips your hips and thrusts into you with so much force. "Oh my—" you choke on a moan that escapes your lips. You grab onto the frame of the bed to try and keep you still, but that only forces the frame to bang against the wall.

"Come on. I want the neighbors to hear you scream," he grunts, thrusting even harder to earn a louder moan from you. "He's a dick who always steals random shit from me." Another moan. "I know you can be louder than that." Jimin pulls out, turning you on your stomach. He pushes himself back in and continues his rugged thrusts. He grabs your arms and pulls you up to him. He keeps one grip on your arm while the other goes to your neck, pulling your head back to rest on his shoulder. He whispers harshly in your ear, "The noises that are leaving your mouth are incredible."

You can feel that high, and it's coming quick. "I'm almost there," you choke, almost screaming in ecstasy when his hand holding your arm is now forming circular motions on our clit. "Please don't stop. Please."

He lets you go. You fall onto the mattress, his hand on your lower back keeping you pinned down while the other is gripping your waist again. "Come for me, baby. Scream. I want to hear you scream out your orgasm." The only thing you could hear was the sound of the sound of the headboard hitting the wall, the sound of your moans, and the faint skin slapping against one another. Then everything was silenced out by your screams from the orgasm you were having. "Fuck, you're tight," he rasps, thrusting no longer in a pace but all over the place as you feel his warm seed fill you. He continues his thrusts until he stops and slowly pulls out to collapse next to you. The two of you are breathing heavily as you turn on your back, staring up at his white ceiling.

"That was amazing," you tell him, chest heaving.

"Hell yeah it was. We should do that more often." From the corner of your eye, you see him shift a bit. He chuckles, earning your attention. He holds his phone out towards you. "Is this what you would have told your ex if we did this in the beginning?" You read the text you sent him.

[6:03 pm] Love: Sorry

You shrug. "I wasn't expecting you to start so early."

"You wore my favorite dress, and I saw you lower the v-line to show your cleavage. I couldn't help myself."

You raise an eyebrow. "You were looking through the peephole?"

"I was ready to fuck you when you asked to role play one of our encounters in the beginning. I wasn't expecting to see the baked cookies again," he laughs.

"Well after we started dating, you told me you loved the cookies and the dress was hot on me, so I had to do it for you," you answer.

"Well, hopefully we can still do it once we move into the new apartment," he sighs, running his hand through his hair. He glances at you. "Same time tomorrow?"

You chuckle, "Sure."

"Maybe we can do it in your apartment." You laugh even louder. "I'll bring the cookies."

First Love | 12

Yoongi x reader | 18+ | college au | tattoo artist au | angst | fluff | alcohol | swearing

Word: 3.8k

You first saw him in the multi-purpose room. Later learn his name, and on your third year, as he becomes your neighbor, you discover his lifestyle. Knowing your crush on him was nothing but that, you wanted to find the courage to look for love. Asking your friend for help, you’re pointed in the direction of the expert. Your neighbor, Min Yoongi

Chapter Index

Ari opens the door, tossing her backpack to the floor. You weren’t expecting her to come back so early that when the door loudly creaks from the force of the door opening, you jump in surprise. She looks to you with a triumphant look on her face as she practically yells with the door still closing, “I got an A on my fucking paper!” The door slams shut as she does a weird and awkward dance.

“Good job. I knew you could do it,” you congratulate, saving your work on your computer.

Ari kicks her backpack with no care in the world as to what she has inside. “Let’s celebrate,” she extolls, pulling off her hoodie and tossing it on her bed.

You turn your body to the left where she stands, picking up her backpack and putting it on her bed. “Celebrate?”

“Yeah. It’s Friday, I got a well deserved grade after almost breaking my wrist, and I am in the mood for some good food and a drink or seven.”

“What about Hoseok?” Ever since Hoseok and Ari got together, they’ve been inseparable. You sometimes wonder if you’ll be like that when you get a boyfriend. All couples eventually spend time separately, right? You sometimes feel really disappointed in yourself for not knowing a lot when it comes to relationships.

“He’s staying after class with some of his classmates to study for a test that ends tonight,” she says, disbelief evident in her tone.

“Why hasn’t he taken the test yet?”

“I don’t know? He seemed really nervous about this test, so all he’s done is study like there’s no tomorrow. I hope he takes it soon because the longer he waits, the harder it will be to answer questions as time ticks by.” Ari shakes her head, walking to her closet and opening the door. “Are you going in sweats?” She looks at you through the mirror.

You blink at her. “We’re actually going?”

She scoffs, “Yeah. I wasn’t joking, Y/N.” She pulls out a red spaghetti strap and a black jacket. Removing her shirt, she slips on her top. “I want food and some drinks.”

You sigh, “Can’t we just order takeout and sneak some alcohol in?”

“And get in trouble?”

You stare at her, contemplating if sneaking alcohol is really worth it. Groaning, you get up from your seat. “How far are we going?” You walk to your closet, opening the door to grab your jeans and whatever black shirt you first grab. There is no patience when it comes to picking outfits. You just blindly pick and go and hope it looks nice on you.

“It’s only down the street,” she exclaims, taking a set at her desk to fix her makeup at her little mirror. Changing clothes, you realize you put on a turtleneck. You didn’t know you have this type of shirt in your closet. You’ve seen a lot of professional looks with turtlenecks, but you can’t remember buying this and found no reason to wear it. “That’s a cute look,” Ari suddenly says, her body turned towards you. You watch her get up from her seat, making her way towards you. She unbuttons your pants and pushes the lower half of your shirt in your pants. “You’ll look even cuter like this. Plus you have a nice ass, so show it off.” Your hands unconsciously go to your butt, suddenly feeling self conscious. Ari buttons your pants and tells you, “No one will look. You’ll be sitting the whole time.” She pulls your shirt out just a bit to give it a baggy look. “There. Now your cute ass will get attention, but you’ll just look like you’re not interested and they’ll be sad not to have the opportunity to speak to the gorgeous Y/N.”

Ari just seems to have a way with words.

After a few more minutes of double checking for everything, the two of you leave your dorm and head the usual route towards the front parking lot. As you pass Yoongi and Hoseok’s door Ari yells, “Let’s go get you drunk and a boyfriend, Y/N!”

You place your hand over her mouth. “Why are you yelling?” you whisper, checking behind you to see if anyone heard her.

Ari removes your hand from over her mouth. “I’m showing Yoongi you’re better off without him,” she replies, the two of you walking past the stairwell and into the hallway where the exit to the front is.

“What makes you think Yoongi is even in his room?” The two of you are halfway down the hall when the sound chatter can be heard as you pass a group of doors.

Ari shrugs. “The dude never goes anywhere besides class and his room right?” You don’t know yourself. A majority of the time you spent with him was either in his room or somewhere else that not many people from campus went to. “I want him to know you’re about to get dicked down and he’s missing out on a fine ass girl.”

“I’m about to what?” What does that even mean?

Ari laughs as the two of you exit the building and head down the stairwell. “Not today obviously, but it’s to make him jealous.”

“We don’t even know if he likes me,” you counter, following a group of students walking towards the front gate entrance.

“Opposites attract, Y/N.”

“I’m attracted to him, but that doesn’t mean he’s attracted to me.”

Ari loops her arm through yours. “You never know. He might have a crush on shy, innocent types.”

“Wishful thinking, Ari,” you say, shaking your head as the two of you reach the sidewalk and make your way up towards the bar that sits at the corner. There are a few other students a bit up ahead making their way towards the bar as well, their loud chatter can be heard from where you and Ari walk.

“So, how’s your project coming along? Don’t you have like two weeks left?” The two of you pass a hotel. The neon light hanging on the window to the reception flickers every few seconds. Everything is quiet in that building until you pass the seafood restaurant where you can see a few people laughing from the window. It looks more lively than the hotel.

“It’s going great surprisingly.” You rub your arm for a little more warmth. “I just have to finish my body and conclusion and then sum it a bit more for the poster.”

“Damn. So you’ll have it done earlier than anyone when it comes to projects,” Ari whistles.

“People finish their projects a week or more before the due date,” you say, the two of you are now closer to the bar where you know heat will be.

“People who are smart finish weeks before. The rest of us procrastinate,” she laughs, shaking her head. The bar is now within a few feet when Ari says through chattering teeth, “We’re running. I can’t do this anymore.” You don’t have much of an option as she begins to jog towards the building, dragging you with her. Pushing through the door the smell of nachos and burgers invade your senses, your stomach rumbling in hunger. Ari removes her arm from around yours, pushing you towards the seating area. “Go find us a table. I’ll grab the food and drinks.”

Walking further into the building, you look around for an empty table. The walls where the tables and booths occupy are yellow while the brick wall has the kitchen and cashier against it. You scan the room in search of someone leaving, but to your luck you don’t have to look long until you find an empty booth at the far end of the room. You make your way over as another group of people get up from their table, gathering their backpacks after what looks like studying. You take a seat just as Ari makes her way over holding two bottles.

As Ari takes a seat across from you, she hands you the clear bottle with a green substance inside and says, “Flavored alcohol tastes so much better. Plus you’ll want more.”

Thanking your roommate, you take the glass and take a swig of it. It tastes like apples. “Has Hoseok started his test yet?”

“Yeah. When I last texted him, he was getting ready to start the test. He’s nervous and I told him you said "good luck”. He gave me one of those crying faces.“

"I hope he passes,” you mutter as you bring the rim of the glass to your lips. After another drink you add, “Is he coming here after his test or will he just go back to his room?”

Ari thinks for a moment, opening her mouth to answer when the speaker above says, “Ari, please come to the front. Your order is ready.”

She gets up and makes her way to the counter at the front where your food is waiting. From afar you watch her grab the tray, say a few words to the worker and make her way back to your table. “He’s just going to go back to the dorms. He sounded tired over the phone when we last talked,” she answers, putting the tray down and taking her seat.

On the tray is a plate of a greasy cheeseburger and fries; the other plate has nachos with jalapenos. “You got a burger, too?”

“Yeah. I was just going to get nachos for the both of us because it’s a lot, but I was craving a burger, too.” She shrugs. “We’ll share both and have the night of our lives.” You chuckle, grabbing a chip with a jalapeno barely hanging on by the string of cheese that’s attempting to escape from your mouth.

You grab the plate that holds the burger and fries, pulling it towards you. Picking up the knife that’s placed between the fries and greasy stack, you cut the burger in half, careful to not give one side more than the other. “Midterms are starting in two weeks, do you know if all your classes will have them or just some?” you ask, pushing the plate back to the middle for Ari to reach.

She groans, “All of them are going to have a midterm. One of them is a fucking paper that has to be seven pages long.”

“Seven? Which class is that?” You also wonder when she was given the information about the paper, and how long she originally had to write it. Ari is a big procrastinator. If she can avoid doing work immediately, she will and give herself a few days to work on it with all the stress jumping at her.

She shoves a few fries in her mouth in an aggressive manner. “Modern Asia,” she answers, mouth full of chewed up food. “He gave us this big list of documents we need to pick from and watch. Then we have to write a paper on it and answer the questions he has for them. There are seven documents on six different countries.”

“Which one are you picking?” You grab a few nacho chips, flipping it so that the cheese wraps around and coats the chip more.

“Uzbekistan.” She grabs half of the burger, taking a bite out of the corner. “The People, History, and Culture of Uzbekistan to be more specific. It’s on YouTube so it won’t be a mission to find the video, but a big distraction because it’s on YouTube.” Ari takes another bite, bigger this time, of her burger. “This is really good.” She looks up to you. “Should I buy another one?”

“We haven’t made a dent in the nachos yet. Plus we still have the fries to finish,” you inform, clearly shocked that Ari’s ready for more.

“Take a bite of the damn burger and you’ll know what I mean,” she commands, gesturing to your half that sat on your plate in all its glory.

You roll your eyes, doing as told. You can’t deny that it smells amazing and your mouth waters at the endless possibilities as to what it’ll taste like. When you take that bite, it’s like taking a bite out of heaven. Sure you’re being over dramatic, but you totally understand Ari wanting to buy another one. “I’ll go get one,” you tell her, getting up from your seat and taking your bag with you while Ari laughs.

You get to the back of the small line, opening your bag and pulling out your wallet. “Next in line,” a voice calls from behind the counter. You take a step forward, now being two people behind before you’re called. You have to double check to make sure you brought your money with you. There were a few times when you just leave your money at home and have to go the day without eating when you’re stuck on campus all day. You get lucky sometimes when Ari would bring you your missing items. The worker calls for the next customer to come up.

“Y/N?” You look behind you to see a familiar face. A familiar face with a name you cannot remember. It’s your partner during beer pong. The handsome guy who any person would want to date. He’s easygoing and funny and friendly, and you cannot remember his name.

“Hey,” you say, trying your best not to sound lost because his name is not coming to mind. “How are you?”

“Good, good. A friend of mine and I were tired from studying, so we decided to come here for a few drinks and some food.” A voice calls for the next person; the two of you move up. “What about you?”

“My friend got an A on her paper. She wanted to go out and celebrate.”

“That’s awesome! I’d do the same if I were her,” he laughs, his smile actually making your heart race as he runs his fingers through his jet black locks.

“Hey, Hanbin,” a male voice calls, coming up to the line. Hanbin. That’s his name. “There’s no empty tables. You just wanna eat outside or bounce?”

“Really? Ah, man.” You watch as Hanbin looks around the building in hopes of someone leaving their table.

“You can eat with us,” you say before you can even stop yourself from letting the words escape your mouth.

Hanbin and his friend look at you. “Really?” the stranger asks.

You can’t say no. You already messed up, and saying no will only make you look like a jerk. “Yeah.” Good job Y/N.

“We don’t want to impose,” Hanbin tells you, looking a little nervous.

“It’s okay.” Where is all this false confidence coming from? “It’s up to you if you want,” you say, turning around and pointing in the direction you and Ari are sitting. “We’re over there if you want to join.”

“Next in line.”

You turn back around and make your way up to the cashier. You give your order for the second burger you and Ari are about to devour, paying and making your way towards your booth where Ari finishes her half of the burger. “I messed up,” you rush, grabbing your drink and placing it on her side of the table.

“Messed up? What’d you do?” Ari asks, suddenly being pushed further in the booth as you scoot in. “What are you doing?”

“Remember Hanbin? The boy I told you was my partner at the party?” You grab the plates and pull them closer to the two of you.

“Yeah?”

“Well he was standing in line behind me and we had small talk and the next thing I know, I invited him and his friend to sit with us,” you profess in a shaky voice.

“You just invited two guys over?” she asks in an ambivalent tone.

You can see her from the corner of your eye staring at you as you babble, “Yes.”

Her hand moves to her chest. “Has my little Y/N grown up?”

You turn to look at her in surprise. “You’re not mad?”

She laughs, “No. Why would I be?”

“Because you’re dating Hoseok and it’ll look bad if someone saw you chatting with a guy?” Isn’t that how it works? You’ve seen it in movies and it always leads to problems—eventually solved.

“Hoseok trusts me just like I trust him. I’d never cheat on him, and we’re not stopping each other from having opposite sex friends.” She shrugs, looking behind you. “Is that them?”

You turn to look in the direction her eyes are focused on. Hanbin and his friend stand by the soda fountain, getting their drinks. “Yeah. The boy with the green jacket is Hanbin and I don’t know the other guy’s name,” you confess, wondering if it’s rude to not introduce yourself. Then again, he didn’t either.

Ari’s voice is now closer to you as she speaks, “Don’t tell Hoseok but he’s really cute. Why not date him? Tall, fit and handsome? That’s a whole package.” She suddenly gasps, “His package must be—”

You cover her mouth with your hand. “Do not finish that sentence,” you sputter, glancing around to see if anyone heard you. To your luck no one’s paying attention to you and your perverted friend.

Aris swats your hands away. “He’s cute, Y/N. And if he comes over and sits with us, then he’s interested in you, too.”

“Or he’s looking for a seat because there is none,” you counteract, grabbing a nacho and shoving it in your mouth. “Also, I’m not interested in him.”

“Guess we’ll see.” A voice speaks over the speaker, calling your name. “Time to devour a delicious burger.” She slaps her hand on your shoulder, pushing you out of the booth.

Groaning, you get up and make your way to the pick-up counter, telling the person your name and getting your order. “Are you sure it’s okay?” Hanbin asks, suddenly appearing next to you to grab his own order.

You almost jump, gripping the plate tighter. He looks to you unsure if he’s allowed to follow. You can feel your heart racing. This is strange. Ari’s words are just getting to you. “Yeah,” you swallow, looking anywhere but at him. “It’s fine.” You are not growing feelings for him.

“Thank you so much, Y/N. I really wanted to eat some chicken strips,” he laughs, his voice sounding smoky.

Oh God you like him.

You, Hanbin and Matthew, he tells you, shaking your hand so enthusiastically, make your way towards your booth. Ari is busy stuffing her face with fries to even notice you three until you set the plate down and take a seat next to her. She looks up, eyes wide and fries sticking out of her mouth. Thankfully she waves rather than talk with her mouth full of food. Matthew gets in first followed by Hanbin.

“Uh.” You glance at Ari who quickly chews on her food. “This is my friend and roommate, Ari.” You point to Matthew. “Ari, this is Matthew and this is Hanbin,” you finish, pointing to the boy in front of you.

“Hello,” Ari starts, once she’s chewed and swallowed her fries, “I’m really hungry, and these fries are good.”

Matthew gasps, “They are.” He turns to Hanbin. “I told you this place has some fucking good food.”

Ari looks to Hanbin as if he offended her. “You’ve never been here before?” He looks at her with a lost expression. He clearly doesn’t know how to respond. To his luck, however, he doesn’t have to as Ari adds, “It’s a good thing you have a friend like Matthew to introduce you to nirvana.”

The brunette haired boy snaps his fingers, pointing to your friend. “Exactly.”

“What’s your major?” Ari asks, grabbing the second plate that has the burger to cut it in half.

“Biomedical sciences,” he answers, taking a bite out of his taco.

“Oh? That sounds interesting. What exactly do you study?” Ari rests her arms on the table, leaning forward. The burger no longer exists to her.

“Just kind of the understanding of biological and chemical systems of the human body. What about you?”

“Linguistics, and Y/N here is a photography major.”

Matthew’s eyes are now on you. “Oh another art type.”

“Art type?” you question, finally taking bites out of your half of the first burger.

“Yeah. Photography creates art; stand-still pieces. There’s art galleries for photography, right?” Matthew glances between you and Ari.

“Yeah, I believe so,” Ari replies, popping a fry into her mouth.

“Plus Hanbin here is also an art type,” he begins, nudging his friend with his elbow, “Film.”

“You’re a film major?” You look to him, completely invested in his stories you want him to tell.

He gives you a shy smile. “Yeah.”

And just like that the rest of the night is a blur. You four eat and definitely drink. Ari and Matthew are drunk while you and Hanbin are buzzed. You mainly have conversations with Hanbin half the time the four of you sit. The two of you talk about film and photography—things you do and try to make your work look better. Eventually Matthew’s girlfriend comes and picks him up. Ari gushes at how cute she is and you have to apologize for how… gushy she is. Matthew’s girlfriend doesn’t seem to mind much as she smiles and walks a drunk Matthew out of the building.

After a while you and Hanbin decide it’s time to head out. Hanbin offers to walk you back to your dorm, and rather than politely decline his offer you say, “Please.”

Now you and Hanbin are chuckling at Ari as she whines about how much she loves Hoseok. Reaching your room you unlock the door for Ari to stumble in and get ready for bed. You keep the door cracked open as you look back at Hanbin.

“Thank you for the walk back.”

He shakes his head. “No problem. With everyone being drunk, you never know who’s trying to start something.”

You smile. “Still, I appreciate it.”

His smile is even bigger as he points to the way you just come from. “So I can head back the way we came?”

“Yeah.”

“Okay. Guess I should head out. Be sure to give Ari some water and medicine for her headache if she gets one.” You nod. “We should do this again,” he says, scratching the back of his neck.

“Definitely. Goodnight and have a safe drive home,” you say, voice quieter than before.

“Goodnight, Y/N,” he mumbles, and it’s so sudden.

An instant that makes your heart race and realization hit as he presses his lips to your forehead, leaving before you can say anything. You touch the spot where his lips met your skin.

You have a crush on him.

First Love | 13

Yoongi x reader | 18+ | college au | tattoo artist au | angst | fluff | swearing

Word: 3.3k

You first saw him in the multi-purpose room. Later learn his name, and on your third year, as he becomes your neighbor, you discover his lifestyle. Knowing your crush on him was nothing but that, you wanted to find the courage to look for love. Asking your friend for help, you’re pointed in the direction of the expert. Your neighbor, Min Yoongi

Chapter Index

“So you and Hanbin?” 

You jump and blurt out, “What?” You turn around to face the source of the voice only to meet gazes with Yoongi. 

“You. Hanbin. You’re a couple now?” he says in a nonchalant tone as he looks at you with a lazy gaze. 

You can feel the heat on your cheeks and stomach flutter at his name. “No,” you answer. “We’re just friends.”

“Just friends?” He walks past you and up to his door. “From what I saw, that kiss wasn’t “just friends” for him.” He leans against his dorm door, crossing his arms over his chest. “You got someone already?” The way he says the last word irks you. It’s like he’s mocking you—or something else but he just irritates you.

“Why does it matter?” you ask, walking past him to stand next to your door. “Plus, how do you know about the kiss?”

“Well for starters you always tell me you’re not brave enough to do anything. Turns out you’re either lying or you’re really good at getting someone like him to fall for you. And I know about the kiss because you were extremely loud.” 

“Well I apologize for the noise and you should be proud that I don’t need you anymore if I can get someone like him—whatever that means,” you state matter of factly.

He stares at you with that stupid blank stare you’re beginning to hate so much. “Yeah. Okay. We’ll see how long that lasts before you end up in the bedroom with him.” He puts his key in the hole and turns the door knob. 

He enters his room, letting the door close behind him but you’re faster. Slamming your hand on his door and pushing it open. You ignore the stinging feeling on your hand as you say in an outraged tone, “I am sick and tired of you belittling me. Ever since we started this whole thing, you've only judged and acted rude towards me. I’m sorry for what happened to you, but you do not need to push your anger towards her onto me. I am not your distraction and I am not the reason you’re so angry.” You release the door and make your way towards your room. You hear the sound of his door closing as you open yours and enter your room. 

Ari is staring at you wide-eyed as the door closes behind you. “What?” you ask, tossing your backpack on your bed. 

A smile slowly grew on her lips. “Did you just tell him off?”

“Tell him off? I didn’t tell him off.” 

Ari laughs, “You so did! You were mad and you let him have it with how he was towards you.”

Your eyes widened a bit. “You heard me?” You plop on your chair. “Was I that loud?”

Ari shakes her head. “You weren’t loud, but I could hear you a bit. I didn’t hear everything, but just enough to know you set him straight.” 

You shrug, grabbing your backpack that is luckily close to the edge of your bed. “He was rude to me, and I guess I finally snapped.” 

“I can’t believe you brought Sam up in the conversation,” Ari states in awestruck. “You go girl.” 

You can’t help but sink in your chair a bit. “I can’t believe I said that when he doesn’t even know I know about her.” 

Your roommate laughs again, “Fuck that, and fuck him. He treats you like shit, you make him feel like shit. That’s that, Y/N. No guilt.” 

You let out the air you were holding. “No guilt,” you say more to yourself than to her.

“That’s my girl,” she says in a cheer like tone. “No guilt just dick.”

You turn towards her. “What?”

It’s her turn to shrug as she answers, “I don’t know. I heard some girl say it at a party once. It doesn’t make sense, but it kind of does if you’re trying to get laid? You’re not trying to get laid right now.” She shakes her head. “Just ignore the whole thing.” You can’t help but smile as you open your backpack and pull out your items to begin your homework. 

You’re about two hours in of doing your homework, Ari giving up twenty minutes after starting, when your phone dings, the screen lights up and shows the small message icon. Putting your pencil down, you pick up your phone and unlock the screen, clicking on the message. 

[3:17 pm] Hanbin: Hey Y/N. Are you free later tonight?

You feel your heart’s beat pick up as you reply.

[3:18 pm] Me: Hey. I’m free later. What’s up?

Locking your phone, you put it down to distract yourself from your mind going crazy, but it seems Hanbin is a quick texter as your phone dings once again. 

[3:18 pm] Hanbin: Would you like to meet up and have dinner together? We could eat at the dining hall if you prefer.

Maybe it's because she's your best friend, or maybe it's because you let out the biggest gasp—it's probably the gasp, but Ari asks, "What happened?" You turn to her with the widest eyes you think you can ever have. No words are forming, so you can only stick your phone out to her. She gets up from her chair and takes your phone, reading the message. Her eyes grow big, a shocked smile growing as she says animatedly, "You better go."

"I can't," you blurt, taking your phone back.

"You can, Y/N. If you like him, and he's asking you to hang out with him, take advantage of this! Who knows! Maybe he'll like you back and the two of you will go out and act like a cute couple. The jock and the shy girl. It's your typical teen movie!" She sounds so excited, as if she’s telling her favorite book to you.

"What makes you think he's a jock? You and I technically barely know him."

"He looks like he works out. He could play baseball? He hits those home runs like he can hit your home run right after—"

"Ari," you groan, covering your ears, no longer wanting to hear her perverted comments.

She cackles, "Okay, okay. I'm done." It's quiet between the two of you as you remove your hands from over your ears. "But I do think you should go. You never know what could happen. It could turn into something more, but it could also turn into a friendship."

You let out a long sigh. "Okay," you mumble, replying with shaky hands.

[3:23 pm] Me: Sure! If you want to come here and eat, or we can meet at the food court on campus.

[3:23 pm] Hanbin: Great! I'll meet you on campus if you don't mind

"What did he say?" Ari asks, no longer by her bed but looming over your shoulder to try and read your texts.

"He wants to meet at the food court," you answer, thumbs hovering over the keys with no way of replying coming to mind.

"Tell him you'll meet him there! Pick a time and we'll dress you cutely," Ari chimes, voice in a sing-song tone. You can only ignore her happy toned comment as you reply to his text.

[3:24 pm] Me: I don't mind

[3:25 pm] Hanbin: See you at 5? :)

Your heart races.

[3:25 pm] Me: See you at 5 :)

Ari squeals, "My Y/N is going on a date!" Grabbing your arm she pulls you to your feet. "You have almost an hour to get ready, so we need to work."

You turn to her. "Why do you make it sound like it's going to be a mission to make me look nice?" you ask in an offensive tone.

She lightly smacks your arm. "You know what I mean. We have less than an hour to make you more cuter than you already are. I feel like Hanbin is into cute girls while Yoongi is into hot girls, so cute is going to be so much easier because you're already cute. We just have to find the perfect outfit and apply some light make-up. Maybe put your hair up in a bun?" she rambles, opening her closet to look through her endless line of clothes.

"I don't want to look like I'm actually trying," you announce, watching her as she pulls out a light pink tank top and holding it out towards you to see how it would look.

"This is cute. Take it." Grabbing the top from her, Ari goes back to her closet and digs through it once more. "You won't look like you're trying. I'm going to dress you like you were in school a few hours ago. Cute outfit, light to no make-up, and hair in a messy bun." Ari brings out an olive colored cardigan. "Put this on and keep the jeans you're wearing."

You roll your eyes, take the clothing article and walk to the bathroom. After a quick top change, you come out to see her setting up her make-up station. "Sit, sit." For the remaining short time that you have, Ari works effortlessly to do your make-up perfectly and get your messy bun to look obviously messy but cute. By the time she is done, you have ten minutes to make it to the shuttle stop before it takes off and you have to wait another thirty minutes. She looks at you with such satisfaction. “You are so freaking cute, Y/N. If no guy dates you, I will.” 

You chuckle. “Thanks Ari.” 

Grabbing your wallet and bag from Ari, she grabs you by your shoulders to spin you around towards the door. She pushes you as she rushes, "Now go eat and have fun, and call me if something is fishy! I'll get there in a blink of an eye and beat the shit out of everyone that hurts you." She opens the door and pushes you out, pushing the door close before you can say anything. You can only sigh. How long will it take before Ari realizes your phone and keys are still on your desk. The door opens, Ari shoving your keys and phone at you. "Love you!" she says as you take your belongings.

The door closes leaving you alone. "Love you, too," you mutter, putting your wallet and keys in your bag. Doing a quick dig you luckily found earphones. You do a small cheer and put in your earphones, connecting it to your phone as you begin your walk towards the stop. You mouth the words to the song as you leave the building, make your way down the stairs and once again follow a group of people across the parking lot and towards the shuttle and bus stop.

You enter the shuttle seconds before the driver closes the doors and takes off towards the campus. You take a seat by the window and watch the scenery go by at a somewhat fast pace. Your favorite song comes on. It’s a somewhat romantic song and you can't help but wonder if this is a sign. A sign for you to move on and let your feelings grow for Hanbin?

You shake your head. You don't know if he has feelings for you. He kissed your forehead—it's not like he kissed your lips or cheek. Plus he was drunk so he probably doesn't remember it or if he just did it out of a friendly manner. Maybe he kisses all his friends who are girls like that. Maybe all his friends.

The campus comes into view as the shuttle drives past the main entrance to enter through the side where the driver will stop at the first stop. A few get off as a few enter the shuttle. After a few seconds of waiting for the cars to drive by, the shuttle continues its route. As the second stop begins to appear, the vehicle slows down, coming to a stop behind a bus. You grab your bag and follow one other student off the shuttle, thanking the driver as you step off the last step.

A few people run past you to make it to the bus that looks like it’s about to leave. You hope they make it as you make your way towards the main food court. As you begin to pass the student union building, you wonder if he meant the food court next to the bar and grill, or the food court that’s on the floor in the building you are now passing. Turning the corner that will lead you towards the escalators to the higher level of the campus you meet eyes with Hanbin, who’s exiting the same building you’re walking by.

He smiles. "Hey," he says, slipping his backpack on.

Taking in a quiet, shaky breath, you say, "Hi."

He walks alongside you as the two of you make your way towards the escalators. "I wasn't sure if we were meeting at this food court or the one by the bar," he laughs.

You smile, relieved he feels the same way you felt just moments ago. "Yeah. I wasn't sure either, so I thought the main one would be where you would be."

"Me too. I was on the first floor watching people bowling and I spent a good five minutes deciding if I should just go to the second floor or meet you at the one up here." He points to the building at the top of the escalator. "Guess I chose correctly."

You giggle, "I guess I chose correctly, too."

As the two of you step onto the escalator, letting it take you to the top, Hanbin asks, "What are you in the mood for?"

Crap. He put you on the spot. Now you actually have to think about what you want. You don't know—you didn't have time to think about it. You were so worried about meeting up with him and the whole kiss thing that you totally forgot about what it is that you two are going to eat. What do you say? Greek? Chinese? Japanese? A burrito? A burger? What. Do. You. Say? "I'm not sure yet," you blurt. Close enough.

"Shall we flip a coin?" he questions, fishing out from his pocket a coin. You nod. "Heads are whatever is up here, and tails is whatever is on the second floor." You nod again, watching as he gets the coin into position and tosses it into the air. The two of you watch the coin flip over and over again before landing back in his hand as he does one more flip and reveals the result on the back of his hand. "Tails it is." He gestures to the escalator behind you. "Guess we should go back down."

You smile turning around and following the line to the escalator and going down. "So what are you in the mood for down there?" you ask him, hoping he'll take the bait and pick rather than ask you again because you still do not know.

Hanbin taps his chin in thought. "They have a sub shop as well as Mexican I think?" He seems to have a eureka moment as he snaps his fingers. "There's a pizza shop outside the main entrance. Are you in the mood for pizza?"

Ah. Sbarro. "Yeah. Pizza sounds great."

"Okay, we'll just go through the court and head outside," he informs, taking the lead and entering the student union building. You follow in suit, walking inside and following him past all the tables and chairs that are taken up by students eating and chatting. You enter the lobby of the building where in the center of the room is the student information center. Walking out the front entrance door, you see it’s a bit similar to the outdoor seating by the food court. Along both walls are different stores. Hair parlor, a bank, and so much more along with the pizza shop to your left. Running along the shops are tables and chairs for students.

Walking towards the shop and entering the small building, you place your orders, arguing with Hanbin for a minute about paying, but he pays and the two of you wait at a small table. "Uh," Hanbin begins, adjusting in his seat across from you, "The reason I asked to meet you is because I wanted to talk about that kiss."

You swallow. "Okay."

He looks at you guiltily. Oh boy. What is he going to say? There are so many ideas that are running through your mind, but you don't want to listen to it. You don't want to let that get to you any longer. That fear of maybe it isn’t meant to be. Hanbin interrupts your thoughts, "I wanted to apologize for kissing you. I know it was sudden and I should not have done that—especially drunk, but..." he trails off, looking away. Scratching the back of his head, he mumbles, "I have a crush on you, and in the heat of a drunk moment, I kissed you. However, that doesn't excuse my actions."

You’re frozen in shock. Did you hear that correctly? No... Right? "What did you say?" you ask, voice just above a whisper.

"I'm sorry?"

You shake your head. "No, after that. The... uh."

Hanbin seems to catch on. The color on his cheeks change to a pinkish color. "I"—he clears his throat—"I have a crush on you."

"When?"

"When?" he repeats and you nod. "I guess since we met at the party. You were kind and pretty, and drunk you were even cuter." You're totally hallucinating. Right? "I just wanted to meet to apologize. I'm not looking for you to like me back or anything—plus we just met. I barely know you really," he rambles, and continues to ramble that you’re not even listening anymore.

Take advantage.

"I like you, too," you blurt, voice completely uneven.

Hanbin stops talking and is now staring at you. "What?"

You can't meet his eyes as you repeat yourself, "I like you, too." You look back up at him.

It’s like a weight is lifted off his shoulders and the slight fear in his eyes disappears. Hanbin smiles the biggest smile he can and it causes you to smile as well. "Shall we get to know each other more?"

You nod, and for the rest of the day the two of you sit, eat and talk about everything and anything. You discover his favorite color, why he decided to become a film major and so much more. From just his stories you love his older sister, and his mom is just an angel.

Sadly the sun is going and the shop is closing, so that means it’s time for you to go. The two of you continue to talk as you make your way towards the bus stop. When the two of you reach the stop, you see your shuttle idling by. Most likely waiting for time to go by before it takes off towards the dorms. You made it just in time.

"Well," Hanbin begins as you turn around to face him, "I guess I'll see you later."

You smile, acting like a schoolgirl as you twirl your finger around a loose string on your bag. "Yeah. I'll see you later."

Hanbin chuckles. "Bye, Y/N."

"Bye," you reply, waving as you turn around and enter the shuttle, showing your ID as you take the first seat. You can't see who else is in the vehicle, but you see a few heads. Thankfully they're all back seats kind of people so they can't see all your giddiness. Your phone rings and you quickly pull it out of your bag, forgetting you never put it on vibrate. You frown, answering the phone and looking out the window to Hanbin.

"Would you like to go on a date this weekend?" he asks, gaze towards the door where you had entered.

You chuckle, shining the light from your phone on the window. His attention is now where you are. "I'd love to."

First Love | 14

Yoongi x reader | 18+ | college au | tattoo artist au | angst | fluff | swearing

Word: 2.6k

You first saw him in the multi-purpose room. Later learn his name, and on your third year, as he becomes your neighbor, you discover his lifestyle. Knowing your crush on him was nothing but that, you wanted to find the courage to look for love. Asking your friend for help, you’re pointed in the direction of the expert. Your neighbor, Min Yoongi

Chapter Index

Ari never seemed as happy as she is right now after you just asked her to help you find the perfect outfit for today's date. She squealed and yelled about how happy she is for you to be going on a date with a “God” as she put it. 

“Do you want Hoseok to hear you?” you whisper, listening intently for your neighbor to come banging on your door.

“He’s still on campus,” she states as she opens her closet and digs through her line of clothes. “The only person that should be there is Dick Mcgee. Unless he's somewhere as well." She hands you a yellow sweater, moving to your closet to dig through it for something else. Even though her eyes are on the inside of your closet, it seems as though she senses your confusion with the top she hands you. "That's a laguna yellow."

"You seem to know your colors," you mutter, grabbing a pair of light blue jeans from her.

"Should have majored in fashion," she sighs before gesturing to the bathroom behind you. After a quick change you're seated at her desk and given "the second biggest makeover of a lifetime." You really don't know what that means, but you're not going to say anything. It's probably just best to let her do her thing so that she doesn't mess your make-up up because you somehow offended her. Ari talks the entire process--mainly about how she imagines your date going today. The two of you are going to talk about everything while walking down the sidewalk at the park brushing the back of your hand against each other. The two of you are too shy to say anything about it, but after a few more brushes, he gathers the courage to take your hand in his. Your hand fits perfectly into his like any romantic situation. There's blushing and no eye contact.

You want that. You want all of that. To feel loved and to have all those feelings you felt for Yoongi, but to have someone feel the same way for you. "I'm scared," you whisper, eyes closed as you feel the brush run along your lids.

There's a pause in her movements. It's silent for a few seconds before she speaks, "Why?"

You open your eyes, meeting her gaze as you answer, "I've never had anyone tell me they like me before. I know it sounds stupid, but I'm just scared of all that is going to come after this date. What if he doesn't like me after this? What if I'm only meant to just like someone and that's it?"

Ari cups your cheeks, squishing your face. "It's okay to be scared, Y/N. You're new to the whole dating thing, and if he doesn't have feelings for you after this then he wasn't the one. It'll suck because you like him, but your future husband will pop up soon." Ari goes back to work on your eye shadow, your eyes closing. "So don't worry about it, Y/N." When Ari is done with everything, she can't help herself and begins to take pictures for whatever app she's using. "I wanna show you off." 

Your phone chimes and you both freeze. Grabbing your phone off from your bed you open the text.

[2:48 pm] Hanbin: Hey! I'm outside the dorms :)

"He's here," you tell her, clearly nervous all over again.

Ari claps her hands in excitement. "I'm so excited, and my first date was years ago." She grabs your bag and hands it to you as she rushes you out the door like she did a few days ago. "Tell me everything when you come back. I'll make sure I'm not with Hoseok or anything!"

Saying your goodbyes, you let out a deep breath and make your way down the hall. Every step is slow and drag-like. You're so nervous you feel like you're going to throw up. What you didn't expect, however, is when you step outside and make your way down the steps to see him standing at the end, all that fear leaves. You aren't scared, but excited. Happy.

"Hey," he says, smiling his perfectly crooked smile.

"Hi."

He sticks his arm out towards you. "Ready to go?"

You smile, looping your arm through his. "Let's go." He leads you towards the parking lot, passing a few parked cars before going in between two red vehicles. He opens the passenger door to your right, acting gentlemanly. You laugh, "Thank you." You get in the car as he closes the door and makes his way around. "Okay, Y/N. You got this. You got this." He opens the door. "Where are we headed?"

He shakes his head. "That's a secret," he answers. "I'm only hoping you'll like it." Turning the ignition, his car comes to life and he puts it in reverse and backs out the spot. "If not," he begins, putting the car in drive, "I should have just taken you out to dinner." The drive is silent at first, but once you bring up midterms, the conversation goes. "We're almost there," he tells you after a while of talking, pointing to the glove compartment. "There's an eye mask in there. Can you put that on?"

You open the compartment. "An eye mask?"

"Cheesy I know, but Ari said you love this place and I thought doing this would make it ten times better."

"Okay," you say, a bit reluctant as you put the mask on. You sit in silence, hands on your lap as you feel the car take a turn. You don't know how long it was, but you guess around five minutes before the car comes to a stop.

Hanbin turns off the engine and tells you, "Don't remove them just yet." The door opens and you hear a weird roaring sound. Where are you? A few seconds later your door opens. "Give me your hand?" You unbuckle your seatbelt, sticking your hand out and feel his grab yours. He helps you out of the car, placing your bag in your hand for you to drape around your shoulder. "Do you know where we are?" he questions.

You shake your head. "It's hard to tell." There's a sound of people screaming. "Where are we?"

"Not yet." He guides you, your hand wrapped in his as you walk for a while, every now and then him telling you that something is coming up. The roaring and screaming is louder now. You think you know where you are, but you could be wrong. A few steps later he finally stops and says, "Okay. You can take them off."

Reaching for the strap on the mask, you pull it off, blinking to adjust to the sunlight. When your vision is clear, you look up and see the huge, familiar sign. Dragons Throne can be read in big red and bold letters. A green dragon with its mouth open and fire coming from it twists its body around the T.

You look to Hanbin. "You brought me to Dragons Throne?"

He looks a little dejected as he replies, "Ari said you love this place so I thought it would be a great first date, but I guess I was wrong—"

"No, no," you cut him off, shaking your head and hands. "I love this place. I was just surprised that we would be here," you laugh nervously. "I've never been on a date, so from all the romantic movies I've seen, first dates are usually dinner and a movie."

He nods in understanding. "Hopefully this will be better than dinner and a movie." He holds out his hand towards you. "Shall we have fun?"

You hesitantly reach for his outstretched hand, taking in that this could be something. You could finally have that happy ending you've been waiting for. You didn't realize the first time how big his hands were compared to yours. It’s like yours disappears when you hold hands. After a few minutes of waiting in line to get past the entrance gate, you are now giddy with excitement. It's been a while since you came here, and even though you've been on all the rides, you still can't help but feel like you're about to ride them for the first time.

"Where should we go first?" he asks you, looking down to meet your gaze.

The Big Drop? Slasher? What ride should his first experience be? "Let's start from this side and work our way around," you negotiate, pointing to the right and sweeping your arm around until it stops to your left side.

He chuckles, "Deal." You lead him towards the first roller coaster with excitement as you get in the short line. "It said the wait will be fifteen minutes," Hanbin begins, leaning against the railing, "I'm thinking we can play a game in the meantime."

You look at him with an inquisitive gaze. "What kind of game?"

"Well we've talked a lot, so we know a few things about one another. Let's quiz each other and see who has a better memory."

"What does the winner get?" you catechize, leaning against the railing across from him.

He taps his chin in thought. After a few seconds of thinking he answers, "The winner gets a prize from the stands here."

"Deal."

Hanbin grins. "I'll start and it'll be an easy one. What's my favorite color?"

"Orange." He nods. "What's mine?" you ask.

"Gray. What's my mom's name?"

So he plans to go further than what you expected. You thought maybe it’s simple questions like his major, favorites and so on. You weren't expecting questions that involve family members, or most likely questions about his childhood. But you have a good memory so you know basically everything he told you. "Mindy."

It seems like both of you are competitive with how hard the questions are getting. You both want to win and be known as the person who knows the other best, but it seems like it'll be a tie. It doesn't stop after the first ride. No. Each wait the questions continue and it surprises you how much you two talk within two weeks. As the hours go by you become more comfortable around him. You don't wait for him to take your hand, you just go for it like you've been doing it for years.

After the two of you have ridden half the rides here, Hanbin suggests, "How about we get something to eat?"

"Sure. What are you in the mood for?"

"What are you in the mood for?"

You begin to think of all the restaurants and stands that are scattered around the park. What could he be in the mood for? Fish or meat? Maybe just fries and a corn dog? Your mom always boasted about the turkey legs they have at the park in your hometown. "Well we can go to the food court area and we can figure out what we want," you suggest.

"Sounds good." He smiles, letting you lead the way once again. You pass by a few characters taking pictures with kids and adults before you reach the main area where a majority of the food stands and restaurants reside. Walking past the stone arch, your eyes immediately drift to the nacho stand. It's not like there isn’t a variety of good options, but since you first tried their nachos here, you can't help but get them every time you came here.

"I see nachos," Hanbin comments and your eyes dart to him. Is he your soulmate? He looks at you. "What are you getting?"

"Nachos."

He grins. "Great minds think alike." There is no one in the nacho line so you order and receive your food quickly. Taking a seat at an empty table, you and Hanbin dig in. Comparing your plate to Hanbin's you realize you are as simple as it gets. Just jalapenos and that's it. Hanbin, on the other hand, has jalapenos, onions, sour cream—the whole works. "Want some?" he offers. You quickly shake your head. He laughs, "Not a fan?"

"Onions." Hanbin can only laugh even harder.

The rest of the day is all a fun blur. Your hands never let one another's go for a majority of the time. Taking breaks you’re snuggled close together. You take photos together and you send them to Ari. He even won you a prize even though you lost by one question. To you it feels like a date that you only see on extremely romantic movies. Like a princess going on a date for the first time with the prince she eventually falls in love with.

After a long day, and basically staying until closing, you and Hanbin get out of his car in the dorm parking lot. In one hand you have a light pink bear and in the other Hanbin holds yours lightly, fingers laced. People are hanging out on the sidewalk chatting away dressed for going out as you two pass them and head up the stairs. You’re ready to fish out your ID to open the door, but another group of people opened the door to leave. The hall is loud; full of chatting people, loud music and even a few doors open where you can see figures dancing.

"So this is what it's like to dorm," Hanbin chuckles, continuing to lead you down the hall, past the stairway and into your hall. Reaching your dorm door he stops and turns to look at you. He smiles warmly, his thumb brushing along your skin. "I had fun," he tells you.

"Me too," you confess, heart fluttering as you grip the bear tighter. "Thank you."

He shakes his head. "I'm hoping there's another one sometime soon."

"I'd love that. Maybe after midterms?" you suggest. Just enough time to do a date or two more before break.

"Yeah," he begins, staring at you with such a warm gaze you feel your cheeks warming, "I guess it's time to say bye."

You didn't want to. "Yeah."

A few seconds of silence. "Can I kiss you?" he whispers. It’s like the hairs on the back of your neck stand. No words are leaving your mouth, so you nod. Hanbin leans in slow. As if he is still making sure you want this. He gets closer and closer until his lips touch yours. It is everything you ever imagined. His lips are soft and he kisses you slow and with so much care. You're only falling for him even more. When he moves back, he presses his forehead against yours. "Night, Y/N."

"Night," you breathe. With one last kiss you watch him leave.

You can't help but grin as you pull out your key and enter the room. You're not even mad that Ari isn't here. You're so happy that nothing can break you. You place the bear on your bed, put your bag on the floor, grab your pj's and take a quick shower. After your shower, you climb into bed, lie on your side and snuggle with the bear. You close your eyes and imagine the whole date over again.

In the silence of sheer bliss a soft rhythmic sound can be heard. It is a small tapping sound, but it grew louder and louder as well as the sound of a girl moaning. It hits you. It's like the beginning of the semester all over again, but it's different today. You have Hanbin. You have someone who likes you and wants to go on another date with you. He's not Yoongi. He's better.

So why are you crying yourself to sleep for the second time because of him?  

First Love | 15

Yoongi x reader | 18+ | college au | tattoo artist au | angst | fluff | swearing

Word: 4.3k

You first saw him in the multi-purpose room. Later learn his name, and on your third year, as he becomes your neighbor, you discover his lifestyle. Knowing your crush on him was nothing but that, you wanted to find the courage to look for love. Asking your friend for help, you’re pointed in the direction of the expert. Your neighbor, Min Yoongi

Chapter Index

Hanbin holds you close as he kisses your cheek in small, quick pecks. You can’t help but giggle as he kisses his way from your cheek to your lips. “Well if it isn’t our favorite couple,” a voice booms, causing you and Hanbin to break apart. 

Looking behind him you see Ari and Hoseok walking up to you. “Hey,” you say, Ari walking up to you to hug you as Hoseok and Hanbin shake hands.

“So cute,”‌ she whispers in your ear before stepping back. She looks between you and Hanbin. “The two of you just come back from a date?” 

Hanbin smiles as your cheeks turn a shade darker. “Yeah. We had dinner and studied for our midterms tomorrow.”‌

“Ugh. Don’t remind me,” Ari complains, covering her ears. “I’m not ready.”‌

Hoseok laughs, “You’ll pass. Quit stressing.”‌ He wraps his arm around her shoulder, rubbing her arm as he brings her close. “Right after this is break. I’m ready to not be here.” 

“I miss my dog,” Hanbin confesses, eyeing the small box in Hoseok’s hand. “Where’d you guys come from?”

Ari’s eyes travel to where Hanbin is looking. “Oh, we had dinner at this little restaurant down the street. Yoongi messaged Hoseok to get him something.” You can’t help but flinch at the name.

“Yoongi?” Hanbin questions with curiosity, thankfully oblivious to your reaction.

“My roommate,” Hoseok answers, eyes drifting behind you. “Speaking of the devil. Yoongi,” he calls, releasing Ari as he makes his way over to his roommate somewhere behind you. 

Ari watches as Hanbin turns his head to see, but you don’t. You keep your eyes forward and at Ari’s feet. It’s amazing how much he still has an affect on you when nothing really ever happened between you two. Maybe it’s just the feelings you felt during those private moments that keeps your feelings for him there. 

“We should do a double date,” Ari suddenly bursts, bringing both your and Hanbin’s attention to her. Her smile is big at the ideas that are clearly running through her head. “We can have one right after midterms before the dorms kick us out!” She gasps, “We can have a really fancy date. Dress up, do our hair and make up, go somewhere really fancy.” She continues to list all that you guys can do before you go home. 

Home. Home where your parents are; where your pets are and all your old friends you no longer talk to. Home where you know that when you’re alone at night, you’ll question your feelings and all the choices you’ve made up until this point. 

“Y/N.” You blink and look up to meet Hanbin’s sweet gaze. “What do you think?” 

“About what?” You feel bad for not listening to their conversation.

“The double date after midterms.”‌

“Ah.” You really have to stop daydreaming. “Yeah. It sounds nice,” you tell them, trying to remember the full details Ari has given. 

“Great,” Ari gleams, clapping her hands together. “We’ll talk more about it later, Y/N, but for now I need to talk with you about our troublesome neighbors and their habit of leaving their clothes on the floor in the bathroom.” You frown in confusion. What is she talking about?‌ Your neighbors have never left their clothes in the bathroom, but it’s when she gives you “the look” that you know it was something else. She has to tell you something in private. With no prying ears. 

You turn to Hanbin an automatic smile plastered on your lips when you see him smiling. “I’ll see you tomorrow?” he asks, bringing his fingers up to brush along your cheek before pushing some hair back behind your ear. 

“Yeah,” you answer, voice barely audible, but he hears you loud and clear as his smile grows and he leans down to place a soft kiss on your lips. You close your eyes and savor the moment before he pulls back but not before placing a kiss on your forehead and saying bye to both you and Ari. You watch him make his way towards his car, turning around one last time and waving to you then calls, “Later Hoseok.” 

“Later,” Hoseok yells, scaring both you and Ari. You jump and Ari screams while Hoseok is giving a mixture of unintelligible apologies and laughter. “I’m sorry,” he finally manages, wrapping his arms around his girlfriend. 

“I’m sorry,” she mocks, giving him a light tap on his stomach as he hugs her tighter. “I actually need to talk to Y/N so I’ll talk to you later okay?” she looks up to him, lips puckered and waiting for Hoseok to kiss her. 

He chuckles, “Okay. Text me later.” Giving her a kiss, Hoseok releases her, giving you a hug and leaving the two of you alone. 

When he is out of earshot, you look to your roommate. “What’s wrong?” you immediately question. 

Ari grabs your hand, leading you across the parking lot to the benches in the middle of an open lawn that the parking lot surrounds. She pulls you down to sit with her at the first bench. “What’s wrong with you?” she asks, voice still low as if someone could be hiding somewhere in their car or behind a car. 

You frown. “What do you mean?” 

She gives you that look. The look that says you know what she’s talking about. “Why are you still hurt over Yoongi?”

“I’m not.” You avert your gaze.

“Y/N.” 

You cave. “I don’t know. I should be over him by now, but every time I see him, or think of him, or even hear him, it hurts and…” you trail off, feeling your emotions try to take over as you clear your throat. “I don’t understand.”‌

Ari places her hand over yours. “Break is coming soon, and the school year is almost over. When we pick our dorm, we can pick a room that isn’t next to Yoongi. You’ll get over him, Y/N.” 

You nod. You’re just going to have to. 

“Okay. We have a few hours to look so damn hot that the boys won’t know what to do with themselves,” Ari rushes, opening her closet to toss her clothes in the hamper. “Hurry up and shower,” she instructs, not even looking at you. You get off your bed, grabbing your clothes and shower supplies. Making your way past the frantic girl and into the bathroom, Ari suddenly speaks in a frantic tone, “Don’t be too quick. I need time to do my make-up before I do yours.”‌

You roll your eyes, closing the door to the bathroom. The second you hear the click to locking the door, you crouch down, burying your face in your towel. This is going to be your first double date. This is going to be your first date wearing a dress for Hanbin. You feel the heat rise on your cheeks, your heart race, and the butterflies erupt in your stomach. You're so nervous, but you don't want to let Ari see because that'll only end up with her teasing you. Like she always does when you were crushing on...

Shaking your head, you get up, place your clothes and towel on the toilet seat, you turn the knob to the shower, feeling the cold water run down your fingers as you wait for it to get warm. You refuse to let your thoughts of him take over as you remove your clothes and step into the shower. You refuse to let him get the best of you–influence you the way he has since the beginning. No more. 

Once you finish your "long" shower, you step out of the bathroom with your dirty clothes in one hand and your shower caddy in the other. Ari is applying eye shadow when she looks at you through the mirror. "Wow, Y/N," she says, eyes back on herself.

"What?" you ask, a little scared that something dyed your hair or face. 

"You're so gorgeous," she tells you nonchalantly. You roll your eyes, but can't stop the small smile gracing your lips as you make your way to your closet to toss your clothes in the hamper and put the caddy away. "Brush your hair and I'll be ready to make you look like an even better goddess in a second." You shake your head but do as told. If Ari wasn't here–if she didn't enter your life at the perfect moment, you don't know what you'd do without her. You became roommates because no one else accepted you, but she was looking for a roommate and so were you. Just a click and a fingers crossed, you two became roommates and best friends. 

"Where is this restaurant we're going to?" you ask, pulling your brush out of your top drawer. 

"That's a surprise."

"For us?" 

"Just you." 

You stop mid brush. "Just me?" 

"Yup," she says with a popping sound at the end. "Hanbin knows where we're going since I had to make sure he's okay with it." 

"You expect him to pay for both of us?" You continue to brush your hair, but in a slow manner.

"No, but he said he would. I told him you probably won't let that happen, but he said he'll be sneaky," she chuckles, placing the brush down and looking at herself. "This is my "you're going to fuck me tonight" masterpiece." 

"Ari," you sigh, covering your ears, but there’s no point to it. She said it and she won't be saying any more. She knows one sentence can be enough for you to want to leave the room. 

She laughs, getting up from her chair before spinning it around to face away from her desk. "Come sit," she instructs as you quickly finish brushing your hair and get off your bed to make your way towards her. You take a seat. "We'll give you a natural look, with some peach lipstick? Red maybe?" She begins her work as you close your eyes, feeling the cold liquid be placed on your skin. It’s like Ari had magic fingers–or she’s just a professional, but as quickly as she started, she is done. You’ll never understand her magic, but you’re just glad she’s as quick as she is and doesn’t have to redo it one too many times. She digs through her closet, pulling out dress after dress as she mutters, “Too shiny. Not enough shine.”‌ Pulling out a black dress, she holds it up to you, eyeing the dress on you. “This is perfect. Go try it on.”‌

You take the dress in your hands, the silk swimming along your fingers. Entering the bathroom, you delicately place the dress on the toilet seat cover as if it were made of glass and is going to shatter any moment. You remove your pajamas, placing them on the top lid, and grab the silk dress. Pulling the zipper down at the back of the dress you bring it up over your head and slip into it. As the dress falls, it leaves a small pool at your feet, lace starting just above your breasts and makes its way up to your collarbone and covers your arms until it reaches your wrist. You thought the sleeves would be itchy because some fabrics were when you wore them, but this one isn’t. Grabbing your clothes you step towards the door when you suddenly feel the cold air hit your right leg. You look down as you unlock and open the door. 

“There’s a slit in this dress?” you ask, stepping out of the bathroom and closing it behind you.

“Yes ma’am. That one pop will get Hanbin’s eyes all over you.” 

You ignore her comment as you turn your back to her. “Zip me?” Pulling the dress under the zipper, Ari zips your dress up, giving a pat on your back when she’s done. “When are they supposed to be coming?”

Ari grabs a maroon colored dress and places it on her bed as she begins to undress. “About an hour? That’s enough time for me to do your hair and mine.” She dresses as you place your pajamas on your bed for when you come back. “For your hair,” she begins, slipping the straps on, “I’m thinking we’ll put it up in a bun and have a few strands fall in the front.” She points back to her chair. “Take a seat.” 

After another small session of Ari’s make over, the two of you put on your shoes and make sure you have everything you need when there is a knock at the door. You two look at each other for a second before a jumpy Ari makes her way towards the door. She looks so excited and it’s spreading to you, too. The door opens, Hoseok on the other side, and as his smile leaves his face, his eyes widening, he mutters a “wow” as his eyes travel from her eyes to her dress. His gaze travels from Ari over to you. “Woah,” he says louder than earlier, eyes widening. “Yo, Han.” Hoseok stretches his hand out to the side. You can’t see what he’s reaching for, but as he pulls his hand back, Hanbin comes into view. 

Hanbin’s eyes first lock with Ari’s, giving her a polite smile and a “hello” before Hoseok grabs him by the chin and forces his head towards you. You’re not sure if he says anything because no words are registering as you stare at him. You’ve always admired his god-like looks, but in the suit he’s wearing…

It is just a black suit. A black shirt underneath and a black tie to go along with it, but he’s never looked more handsome than he does right now. 

“Y/N,” Ari calls, snapping her fingers. You blink back to reality. “Are you ready?” You nod, feeling embarrassed that you were just staring at Hanbin. “Let’s go!” she sings, holding the door for you as you exit your dorm room. Ari loops her arm through her boyfriend’s as Hanbin waits for you. The two of you can’t meet eyes for a second as you walk behind the couple making their way towards the parking lot. 

Hanbin clears his throat, holding out his hand. You look down at his hand then up at him. He smiles and you take it, lacing your fingers through his. “You look beautiful.” 

You blush, looking away. “Thank you.”‌

He quietly chuckles, brushing his thumb along your skin.

The restaurant looks very expensive. Glass chandeliers, marble white floor, expensive looking art, a band playing soft music, and even a dance floor with a few people dancing.  

You weren’t expecting this fancy, but you should have known when you’re dressed like this. Your mind is racing with all the prices you’re about to see as the host hands you the menus while taking your order for drinks. You want to ask the three if this is too expensive–you are college students after all, but with how casual they’re looking, you don’t want to be the one to ruin the mood. So, you stay quiet. 

You open the menu and don’t look at the prices as your eyes scroll down the list of foods. In all honesty you cannot pronounce a lot of the words that are on this list, but to your luck, or maybe the art gods blessing you, you find one word that you can pronounce. Steak. Ari is reading off some of the items on the list as she debates what she wants, but you have no idea what she is saying. 

As the waiter comes, he places a bottle of white wine at your table followed by four glasses. When did someone order wine? He pulls out a notepad and pen. “Are you ready to order?” You all say your orders–Ari’s and Hanbin’s are orders you have no idea how to say even after hearing it. As the waiter leaves, Hoseok gets straight to work with pouring the wine. 

Hanbin passes you a glass as Ari grabs hers and holds it up. “To passing those damn midterms and to finishing the rest of the school year with A’s.”

You and the guys lift your glass as well. “To A’s,” you say, the other two following after. With a clink of your glass you take a sip of your wine. ‌You’re not much of a drinker, but you can’t deny that this wine is something you can drink every day if you could. 

“So what are you guys doing this break?” Hanbin asks, placing his glass down. 

“Well,” Ari begins, taking another sip, “Hoseok and I were going to go camping and bring Y/N with us, but my mom has something planned for me and is begging me to go home, so that’s what I’m doing.”‌

“I’m going home to see my family and a friend of mine. He goes to a more competitive school so we don’t get to see each other much like we used to,” Hoseok explains. 

“What about you?” Ari asks.

Hanbin shifts in his seat. “My brother wants to go on a trip.” 

“Oh, that sounds exciting,” Ari says, intrigued, leaning forward in her seat. “Where are you going?”

As Hanbin explains his small list of stops he’s going to make with his brother, you can’t help but imagine what it would be like if it were you and him going on a trip. Where would you go? What would you do? You imagine all the little pit stops you two would make when you’re almost out of gas–grabbing all the snacks you could. You would feed some snacks to Hanbin as he drove, a pleased smile on his face as he ate a favorite of yours. He’d tell you to buy more of those at the next stop. When you were at the hotel, the two of you would be cuddling, his arms wrapped tightly around you as you listened to the sound of crickets outside, the beating of his heart, and feel the small kiss he would place on your forehead. It’s everything you could ever imagine. 

“What about you, Y/N.”

“Hm?” Your fantasy leaves your thoughts as you turn to meet eyes with Hanbin. 

He chuckles. “What are you doing this break?” he asks again.

“Ah.” You place your hands on your lap. “Hang out with my parents. Watch a bunch of movies. Simple things.” 

“That sounds so cute,” Ari begins, clapping her hands together, “I think we should all Skype and watch a movie together.”

“That would be fun,” you say, eyes on the waiter who appears with your plates. The plates are passed and you tell him “thank you” as he takes his leave. “What would we watch?” you inquire, trying to keep the conversation going and not let it hang for silence to wash over. 

“Let’s do one of every genre,” Ari says, taking a piece of her food and putting it in her mouth. 

“I’m not watching anything scary,” Hoseok states, shaking his head. 

Ari laughs, placing a hand on his arm. “Okay. We won’t watch anything scary.” 

Cutting your steak, you pick up a piece and place it in your mouth. It felt like the steak melted as you chew it. It’s so soft and easy to chew, and the taste of it. You’re in heaven as you take another bite. “How is it,” Hanbin asks, leaning in towards you. You pick up a piece with the fork and bring it closer to his mouth. He happily takes the piece of steak, eyes widening at the taste and texture. “I think I’ve entered heaven,” he whispers, earning a small laugh from you. 

“What are you eating?” you ask, eyeing his pinkish orange dinner. 

“Salmon and some roasted potatoes.” He takes a piece of his salmon. “Want a piece?” You nod watching him do the same movement you did with him. You smile, taking a bite. You’ve never had salmon before, but you couldn’t deny it’s really delicious. 

“It’s really good,”‌ you tell him, taking a sip of your wine. 

He nods in agreement. “When I become a famous director and you a famous photographer, we should come here once a week. Try everything and buy the recipe off the chef and make it at home.”‌ 

You felt like your heart skipped a beat. You never thought about the future. To you it never seemed like it was in sight. School, homework, life–nothing showed light of what your future could hold, but here is Hanbin telling you he sees that future you questioned. He sees a future with you in it. You would normally question this, but you don’t want to. You want to have this future–to not wonder who’s in your life and who isn’t. You want to see this future Hanbin sees. You want to have a future where someone as wonderful, smart, funny, sweet and caring as Hanbin is in it. 

“Deal,” you say, turning your attention back to your food so that he could not see the blush creeping on your cheeks. For the remainder of dinner, the four of you talk about anything that comes to mind. Who’s going to grad school. Who’s going to get a job right after graduation. Traveling. Where would you go if you did travel. It feels nice. Nice to just laugh and not think all that much. Not think about what eats you up and what is waiting for your answers when you refuse to even look at it. 

Hanbin’s hand finds yours, his fingers lacing through yours. You look up to him. “Care to dance?”

“Dance?” Your eyes go from him to the dance floor behind him, then back to him. “I don’t know how to really… dance.”

He chuckles. “I’ll teach you.” He stands up, your hand still in his. You get up and let him lead you towards the dance floor, heart racing in fear. He turns to face you, his hand holding yours adjusts, the other going to the small of your back. You place your free hand on his shoulder in awkwardness. “Just follow my lead.” With a quiet “two, three” Hanbin begins his steps, you stumbling after. It took a while. A slow, constant stepping on the feet, but he never stops and is always patient as you learn his simple box step movement. “There you go,” he would say as you got it right after a few boxes later. “You’re dancing,” he says, placing a kiss on your forehead. 

“I have a good teacher,” you tell him, keeping your eyes on his chest. 

He laughs. “Are you ready for the grand finale?” 

“The what?” But he’s already starting. Hanbin lets go of your waist, his hand now holding only the tips of your fingers as he spins you before bringing you back into him. 

“Thank you for this dance.” He brings the back of your hand to his lips, giving you a soft kiss. 

“Well wasn’t that cute,” Ari voices, making her way over towards you with Hoseok. “As much as I don’t want to ruin this adorable moment, Y/N and I have to pack tomorrow, so I think it’s time we leave. Plus the restaurant closes in thirty.”‌

Hanbin holds your hands as you stand by the car in the dorm parking lot. “I had fun.”

You smile. “Me too.” 

“Get some rest and be sure to text me when you leave tomorrow.‌ I wish I could take you to the airport, but my flight leaves earlier than yours,” he sighs, shaking his head in disappointment. “I’m sorry.”

You giggle. “It’s fine. Just text me when you leave and land.” 

He smiles sweetly. “I will.” He stares at you for a moment. As if he’s taking in everything he can before he leaves, but you’re also doing the same. It’s only a week, but it actually feels like forever. “I’ll call you tomorrow.” You nod, leaning in as you two kiss one another. “Bye,” he mumbles against your lips when he parts. 

“Bye,” you repeat, kissing him one last time before he fully pulls back and makes his way towards his car. You watch him leave as he pulls out of the spot and pulls onto the street until he is no longer visible. Lifting the bottom of your dress slightly off the ground, you make your way across the parking lot and towards the building. Ari and Hoseok sit on a bench at the side entrance to the dining hall, hidden in the dark but their outlines could be seen by the dim light coming from the lamp post. 

“Y/N,” Ari calls before you can take a step on the stairs leading up to the third floor. You look in their direction. “I’ll be there in a minute.” You nod, taking a few steps up before she calls again, “I hope you had fun.”

You smile. “I did,”‌ you call back. “Night Hoseok.”

“Good night, Y/N!” Hoseok says as you continue your journey up. 

It was your first double date and you loved it. The conversations that happened, the hand holding Hanbin would initiate under the table. The quick kisses that were stolen when no one was looking. It was like a fairy tale, and you never wanted for that story to end. It did, however, as the door next to yours opens, your heart breaking, and a familiar figure stepping out followed by another familiar person. 

Sam fixes her hair as she turns around to face Yoongi, giving him a kiss on his lips. He does nothing and says nothing as she takes her leave, walking past you. “Excuse me,” she says, as if she doesn’t recognize you. 

You look to Yoongi as his eyes meet yours. No words are said as he closes his door shut. Leaving you alone in the hall as Sam’s heels click against the floor in a mocking tone.

Always Find You

Taehyung x reader | pg15 | oneshot | soulmate au | strangers to lovers | friends to lovers | angst | fluff | mentions of death | cigarette smoking | swearing

Amazing banner maker @ressjeon​ thank you so much love ♡

Word: 3.9k

Again and again Taehyung has seen you appear before him, and again and again you’re never within his grasp. No matter where you go, what life you live, he’ll always find you. 

To @crazy4myself I’m your secret admirer :) I truly hope you like this fic. I know I told you that I had something planned based off everything you told me, but I couldn’t help but write this, and the time crunching is totally my fault because I do not know what planning is lol. But I hope you like it and I really enjoyed our conversations even though school was just kicking my ass lol. Happy Valentine’s Day! ♡

When Taehyung first saw you, he forgot how to breathe.

You stand on the balcony looking out onto the hundreds of knights pledging their lives to your family. He is one of those knights. 

Your hair is up in a perfect bun, the crown shining brightly at the top of your head, but your smile—God when you smile it’s like his whole world is brighter than it’s ever been. Your father—the king, is speaking to the crowd below him. He’s loud, encouraging, speaking with so much motivation that he knows His Royal Highness is so well versed in this that there’s no emotion in them anymore. 

They’re all sent off to a worthless war and nearly less than half comeback to tell the tale. It’s just an endless cycle until all kingdoms stop fighting for land. It’s a cycle Taehyung happened to be born into. A simple commoner who was chosen to fight for his king. 

His eyes avert back to you, watching you as you remain stoic and beautiful. He wonders if he were born into a higher class, would you notice him? Would those mysterious eyes meet his one day? Would you smile his way? Would he be your first pick over the huge line of suitors wanting to take your hand even though he has nothing?

“The kingdom and its people are forever grateful for your heroic actions to protect us!” the king bellows, his hand outstretched towards his knights as if he’s blessing them all before their deaths. 

The men yell in response as they march forward, through the gate and towards the enemy line. As he follows, Taehyung manages to get one last glance towards you, your radiant smile sending a chill down his spine. It’s all the encouragement he needs to march forward and fight this damn fight. 

Taehyung never made it back home that day. 

When Taehyung was a kid, his dad told him the stories of soulmates. A story that when two soulmates meet, their fate is sealed with a kiss. A kiss that binds them together forever. Taehyung always thought that story was ridiculous. A kiss sealing the two? 

He thought it was even more ridiculous when his dad added, “When two soulmates do not seal their destiny with a kiss, their life is repeated. When they die, they are reincarnated and are set to find their soulmates once again. This cycle is repeated over and over again until they’re together.” 

He would laugh at the story his father always told him until one day he saw you. 

You’re wearing a black and white polka dot dress, your small heels clicking against the concrete floor as you run, a book clutched to your chest. You look excited, your eyes shining more brightly than they did when you looked out across the sea of knights ready for war. Taehyung never believed in soulmates until that day. Until that day where he saw you for the second time in his life, a memory he always thought was a dream became his past life.

He wonders where you’re heading. To school maybe? The building is in that general direction. What are you like in class? With that excited look on your face, he’s guessing you’re the first one to raise your hand when the teacher asks a question. The kind of student who writes almost everything down so that you can go over it after class when you’re home. You might be the kind of person who prefers to study and learn new things rather than play with the other kids. 

He wishes he can go to school. To see what you’re like personally. Yet he can’t. Taehyung learns what he can from his mom when he’s not working. It seems like in this lifetime, Taehyung has to make ends meet. 

Taehyung wants to meet you. He wants to meet the person who may be his soulmate—who he wants to be his soulmate. He’s seen you before, and here you are again… this is fate right?

“Taehyung! Get back to work,” his boss yells, lifting a rock almost twice Taehyung’s size up and onto the wooden barrel.

“Yes Sir,” he calls back, grabbing a rock heavier than his own weight to place into the barrel that is one rock away from breaking. 

Would he want to kiss you in this lifetime? In this lifetime where your life is so much better than his? Where you can find a better suitor than him that will take care of you because he’s better than Taehyung? What if you already found someone? Is it too late for him to meet you? 

What if you’re not his soulmate, but someone who is sent to make him believe you are? What if in every life he lives, you’re there to torment him? 

Soulmates are stupid. They don’t exist—

“Taehyung watch out!” 

Soulmates are stupid… right?

When he sees you again, Taehyung learns your name. Y/N. 

He’s never heard such a beautiful name in his entire life. Your name makes his heart race, and your voice…

He finally gets to meet you—see you closer than he has before. See the details in your eyes, the way they gleam when you talk about something you love. The way a blush tint crosses your face when you realize you’ve been talking for too long. 

You’re perfect. 

Everything about you is perfect to him. He wants to be with you already. He’s seen you in so many of his past lives, learning a thing here and there, but now you’re here. Sitting across from him in your yellow dress, your hands clutching onto it as you watch the bottle spin round and round. 

Will it land on him? Will today be the day your fates are sealed? 

The bottle slows, his heart practically in his throat as the bottle finally comes to a stop. Butterflies erupt in his stomach as he glances up at you from the bottle that is pointing at him. He can see that cute blush tint on your cheeks as you meet his eyes. 

He’ll make you happy. He’ll give you everything you want if it means he can see that smile everyday for the rest of his life. He’ll work ten times harder to give you the life you deserve—nothing will stand in his way. 

The crowd cheers as the two of you lean towards one another, but their cheers are soon tuned out by the rapid beating of his heart. He can feel your warm breath hitting his lips, your nose brushing against his own. 

“The cops are coming!” 

He no longer feels your breath against his skin. 

“Fuck,” he mutters, head hanging low in defeat. 

Why is fate toying with him?

Jumping to his feet, Taehyung runs with the crowd of frightened and excited teens up the stairs towards the kitchen and out the kitchen door that leads to the backyard. No cops have entered the backyard yet, so he can just hop a few fences and be in the clear. 

“Damn shame you didn’t get that kiss,” Zane says, placing a hand on Taehyung’s shoulder in sympathy. “That would have been one helluva kiss.” 

Taehyung sighs, “No kidding.” 

“We better leave before the cops show up,” Zane says, running ahead and over the fence with ease. 

Of course he makes it look easy. He’s the school’s star athlete, but Taehyung on the other hand…

Getting a running start, Taehyung grabs onto the fence, jumping as high as he can, throwing one leg over the fence. His other leg, on the other hand, hits the fence, causing him to lose his grip and sends him to the ground, landing on his back. Taehyung lets out a low groan, lying still as he regains his ability to breathe. 

Zane leans over him, a smug grin plastered on his damn face. “For someone who fights a lot, you sure don’t know how to land on your feet.” 

“Shut the hell up,” Taehyung mutters, taking Zane’s extended hand as he gets up. The sound of sirens are loud and clear, yelling is faint but there. 

“Put that stamina to good use, Tae,” Zane says before taking off. 

Taehyung got away like usual. With how often he’s had run ins with the police, he might as well be an expert in getaways. That’s no life he should be living if this is the life he completes with you. He needs to do better—be better for you.

Tossing the extinguished cigarette along with the pile, Taehyung walks past the library building with a direction in mind. If you’re not in the library like he originally thought, that means you’re somewhere on campus chatting with your friends or alone, letting the warm rays of sun keep you warm on this breezy day. 

Rounding the corner, Taehyung stops dead in his tracks, his heart dropping to his stomach. Zane breaks the kiss, a familiar blush tint gracing its presence across your face as you look down in embarrassment. Zane grins as he caresses your cheek—the cheek that only Taehyung is meant to touch. 

Once again, you’re taken away from him. 

“So it’s a date then?” Zane asks, his tone full of pride it makes Taehyung sick. What pride does he get out of this for taking someone else’s soulmate away from them?

“It’s a date,” you mutter, the smallest smile showing on your lips. 

Taehyung doesn’t stick around to see your lips meet Zane’s again. He doesn’t stick around for the next class to start. 

He’s tired. 

He’s tired of being born over and over again. He’s tired of seeing you within his grasp only to be taken away from him. He’s tired of going through family after family—each family slowly being forgotten—so many memories blurring together that he doesn’t know which parent belongs to which life.

But he knows one thing. His dad is a liar. Whichever one told him of soulmates is a liar. They’re not real. Having a soulmate is bull shit. There’s no binding, no happily ever after. Everything is a lie. The only thing Taehyung is living a life where he sees the one person he believes to be his soulmate taunt him with the idea of being together. 

“Damnit,” he cries, furiously wiping away the tears that never seem to stop falling. 

He wants to be happy, why is that so hard to ask for?

Taehyung feels the warm rays of the sun warm his face, the sounds of people chatting, and a few birds chirping as he slowly begins to wake up. He wonders how long he’s been sleeping. A few minutes? Hours? Either way, after a whole day of cram studying, that rest was definitely needed. 

He opens his eyes to a slit, shutting them close from the bright sun. He sits up, resting his elbows on the table and rubbing his eyes of sleep. “Morning, sunshine,” a voice next to him says as he turns to look at the figure. 

You don’t bother looking at him as your eyes travel from your textbook to your notes. “How long was I out?” he asks you in a gravelly tone. 

“Not sure. I’ve been here for about fifteen minutes, so more than that,” you answer, flipping to the next page to continue your notes. Taehyung rests his chin on his hand, watching you work diligently. 

He wonders how much longer fate will toy with him. Life after life he’s watching you slip through his fingers. He’s tried different approaches to getting you, and each attempt was a joke. Heartache after heartache. 

This time… he could just laugh at how fucked up fate is. 

In this life, Taehyung grew up to be your best friend since the two of you were infants. Your mom has been friends with his mom since they were in college. The two of you are inseparable. Wherever you go, he’s right behind you. Taehyung has been with you through it all. From when you lost your favorite toy, to your first ever heartache. Everything you’ve been through, and you’re still a fighter. 

He admires you and in love with you. There’s the smallest chance that this life will be his last. Maybe he’ll finally be your soulmate like he’s meant to be. He wants to—oh how he wants to be. 

“What are you staring at?” you ask, bringing him out of his thoughts. 

He blinks a few times, watching you stare at him with curious eyes. “Do you believe in soulmates?” he finally questions. 

You frown in confusion. “Soulmates? Where’d that come from?”

He shrugs, dropping his hand from his chin and leans back in his seat. “Just curious.” 

You don’t remember him. In all your lives you two have had, never once did you recognize him. He wonders, if you remembered, would you kiss him? Would things change if you remembered? 

You’re quiet for a moment, thinking about his question, eyes drifting off somewhere he believes is your own world. You tap your pencil against your notebook, the small beat matching his heart. “I do,” you begin, setting your pencil down, “I believe you can have multiple soulmates in your life. Sometimes you can look at a stranger and just know they’re going to be very important to you in the near future, and I love moments like that.” You look to him again. “I think you’re my twin flame,” you add, that adorable blush gracing your cheeks. 

“Twin flame?” he questions. What’s a twin flame? Why are you blushing? Is it embarrassing? What the hell is a twin flame? 

“Well would you look at the time,” you start, suddenly changing the subject, “I’m gonna be late for class if I don’t leave now.” He watches you rise from your seat, collecting your belongings as you rush to leave. 

“You can’t just leave without telling me what a twin flame is, Y/N,” he tells you, trying to grab something of yours so that you don’t leave, but you’re quicker than he is. “Why were you blushing? Is it something embarrassing? What does it mean,” he complains, watching you leave him alone at the table. “Y/N!” he calls, groaning when you don’t turn around. 

He never got you to explain what a twin flame is, and it slips his mind to just look it up. It’s not that hard for him to get easily distracted by you. Especially when he’s head over heels in love with you. 

You leap onto his back with little time for him to catch you. You wrap your arms around his neck as you nestle your head on his shoulder. “Thanks for walking me home, Tae,” you tell him. 

“I think you mean ride,” he corrects, hoisting you higher so that he has a better hold of you. 

You giggle in response before going silent. Nothing is said between the two of you as Taehyung walks the two of you towards your house. He feels you grip him a little tighter before breaking the silence, “Do you believe in soulmates?”

Taehyung almost stops in his tracks, but he manages to keep going, never showing a small change in his pace. If you knew the lives he’s lived, the different ways he’s met you…

“I want to,” he answers. 

“What’s keeping you from believing?”

He’s quiet for a moment. How does he tell you it’s because every time he sees you, you don’t see him? How does he tell you that he’s been in love with you for as long as he can remember, and that every life you two have lived, you were never his?

“What if in our past lives, we were never soulmates? What if we crossed paths, but never met the way we are supposed to?” Taehyung looks left then right before crossing the street. “There’s no real sign in knowing who your soulmate is.” 

You hum in response, but that hum tells him that you think differently and that you’re about to tell him he’s wrong. And he’s right because you say, “I think if you’ve met your soulmate in your past lives, then they are your soulmate. It just wasn’t the time to be with them. Fate is just waiting for that perfect moment before you two find each other again.” 

Taehyung scoffs, “You and I are completely different, Y/N.” 

You giggle as he helps you down from his back, the two of you stand in front of your house. “Everyone has a soulmate, Tae.” You dig in your bag for your keys, looking through each key for your house key. “And as my twin, you’ll always find me, right?” You look up to meet his gaze. 

He frowns in slight confusion, but answers, “I’ll always find you.” 

You smile at him, and the world around him seems to stop. “I’m glad to hear that.” 

A few days have passed since Taehyung last saw you. You told him you’ll be busy with an assignment that’s due this Sunday, so Taehyung agrees to let you have your space. 

It’s Sunday and Taehyung is sitting at the usual meeting spot on campus. He’s surprised there are quite a lot of people on campus when it’s a Sunday and Valentine’s Day to be exact. It’s the day of love, a day Taehyung has experienced way too many times. 

He stares off in the direction you should be coming from, complete boredom etched onto his face as he waits for you. You better get an A if you’re making him wait for you on campus...on a weekend. As he begins to close his eyes, a shadowed figure appears in his peripheral. Taehyung turns in the direction of the figure to see a familiar face. A familiar face with no name coming to mind. 

“Hey, I thought I’d find you here,” she says, twirling her blonde hair with her fingers. 

“Ah, yeah. Just waiting for Y/N,” he replies. What is her name?

She nods. “Then we have time to talk real quick before Y/N gets here.” 

Taehyung gestures to the seat across from him. “What’s up?”

The blonde takes the offer and sits across from Taehyung, looking nervous suddenly. “We’ve known each other for a while, and during that time we’ve known each other, you’ve been a great guy. You’re kind, funny, very good looking”—there’s no way this is going where he thinks it’s going—”and during that time, I’ve grown to have feelings for you.” She fidgets in her seat like some lovesick teenager. “I really like you and I was wondering if you would like to go out sometime,” she rushes, looking down then back up to Taehyung. 

This is a first. In all his lives, no one has ever confessed their feelings towards him.

“Um.” He clears his throat. “I’m flattered, but there’s someone else I’ve been chasing my entire life.” 

“Oh,” she mutters, looking dejected as she looks down. “She’s a lucky girl.” 

Taehyung wants to laugh. If only she knew. 

Another fifteen minutes go by and he grows tired of waiting for you. Grabbing his phone, Taehyung begins his search for you at the building you said you would be at. He searches high and low, but you’re not there. 

Where the hell are you?

Thinking of all the places you can be, Taehyung begins his search all over campus. It takes him almost half an hour of searching when he finally finds you. His anger is on a whole new level when he reaches you. 

Your back is to him, but he finds you sitting on a bench practically at the edge of campus. “Why didn’t you answer your phone? I’ve been looking for you for half an hour, Y/N,” Taehyung says, frustration clearly evident in his tone. 

You jump from the sudden break in silence. You don’t turn around to look at him, so he goes to take a seat across from you, but when he sees you, his anger is gone and is replaced with concern and confusion. “Have you been crying?”

“No,” you lie.

“Y/N,” he begins, waiting for your gaze to meet his, “I’ve known you for our entire lives. I know when you’ve been crying. Did you get a bad grade on your assignment?” he asks, leaning forward to rest his elbows on his knees. 

“I’m surprised you found me,” you confess, trying to change the subject. 

Taehyung isn’t having it. “I told you I’ll always find you. So you failed and that’s why you’re crying?”

You sniffle and scoff, “I wish that was it.” 

Taehyung sighs in slight frustration. “Then what is it?” You’re silent for a while, avoiding his gaze. “Y/N,” he says more firmly. He’s not playing these games today.

You groan in your own frustration. “It’s this stupid guy,” you finally answer. 

Taehyung wants to leave. Of course it is. Of course fate isn’t done playing with him. 

“What? Did he reject you on Valentine’s Day? Should I go kick his ass?” Fuck fate. Fuck soulmates. Fuck all of this!

“If you can kick your own ass then go right ahead,” you reply in an aggrieved tone. 

Taehyung is frozen, your words not registering in his head. “What?”

“Oh my God”—you jump to your feet in pure frustration—”it’s you! You’re the stupid guy!” 

Taehyung rises to his feet as well. “Me? What’d I do?” What the hell are you talking about?

“I sometimes wonder how you can be so oblivious, or maybe I’m not good at showing how I feel.” You run a hand through your hair, that familiar tint of blush growing on your face. “I’m in love with you, Tae—hell, I think I’ve been in love with you since we were kids. But then I saw Stasia with you, and I heard her asking you out and-and I just couldn’t stand by and watch another person try and win you over when I’ve been standing beside you for years!”

It’s like everything fell of deaf ears after he heard the word “love”. You’re in love with him. You love him. Is this a joke? It can’t be right? Because after what felt like hundreds of lives—life after life of just chasing you, has he finally caught up with you? Is this it?

“—I mean she’s beautiful and funny and talented. I would go out with her, too, if i were you. Anyone would be lucky—” 

In a few quick strides, Taehyung is in front of you, his hands cupping your cheeks and bringing your face up to look at him. There’s a look of shock on your face, but he can’t hold back any longer. He brings his lips to yours, and after a few seconds, you kiss him back. 

Taehyung had always wondered if soulmates are real. He always wondered if kissing your soulmate would bind two people together. He always thought it was a tale, but as he kisses you, he feels like the clock within him finally begins to tick. Like his life is finally beginning. His life with you is beginning. No more being reborn. No more chasing. 

He finally caught up to you. 

Tears stream down Taehyung's face as you break the kiss. "What's wrong?" you ask with worry in your tone. 

Taehyung shakes his head, opening his eyes to meet yours. "I've waited so long for you." 

You give him a small smile, wiping away the tears. "I'm sorry it took me so long." He shakes his head again and kisses you. It doesn't matter how long he'd have to wait. 

If it's you, he'll wait a lifetime.

First Love | 16

Yoongi x reader | 18+ | college au | tattoo artist au | angst | fluff | smut | oral | fingering

Word: 6.3k

You first saw him in the multi-purpose room. Later learn his name, and on your third year, as he becomes your neighbor, you discover his lifestyle. Knowing your crush on him was nothing but that, you wanted to find the courage to look for love. Asking your friend for help, you’re pointed in the direction of the expert. Your neighbor, Min Yoongi

Chapter Index

You stare at the two story house as if it’s your own home. The red brick walls and white shingles–it’s like your typical house you see in movies. You and Hanbin have been together for eight months and you’ve been over to his house for two months now. His parents and siblings love you. Every time you’re over they’re asking if you’d like to stay for dinner or if you’d like to play family game night together. You would always stay and have dinner or play games even though you knew you were supposed to check in to your hotel room.

They always seemed to distract you and then you’d take their spare bedroom instead of heading to your already bought room. Eventually you just stayed at their place rather than find a hotel.

Today is different in a way. You’re staying at his place as usual, but today Hanbin’s family isn’t home, leaving just you two alone for the weekend. You’re nervous. Why? Because after almost three months of things getting heated between the two of you, you’re wondering if this weekend will be the weekend you lose your virginity to him. It makes you nervous and scared, but you trust him. You wouldn’t want to lose your flower to anyone but him. The man who makes you feel loved, cherished and so protected that you feel like you can go anywhere with him and not be scared of the “monsters” that lurk out in this world.

You walk up to the door with Hanbin after going out to grab some dinner for the movie you’re going to watch in his bedroom. “It’s a scary movie,” he said, and although you like scary movies, you still get scared during the movie and at night when you go to bed and let your thoughts take over. If he’s going to make you watch a scary movie close to night time, he better be ready for you to sleep in his bed with him and against the wall because you are not sleeping alone.

You wait as he unlocks the door, bag in hand and drinks in yours. With the familiar sound of a click from the door, he turns the knob and opens the door, allowing you to enter first. You walk inside the house and further down until you’re standing near the entry ways of the living room and kitchen. Hanbin closes the door behind him and locks it, turning to you with a sweet smile as he walks along with you up the stairs and down the hallway towards his bedroom at the end of the hall.

“I’m so excited,” Hanbin says, the tone in his husky voice showing excitement as well. “I heard No One’s Home is the best horror ghost film this year.” You can’t help but shiver and he seems to notice as he chuckles. “I’ll hold you real close, Y/N. You can your face in my arms.” You smile, feeling your heartbeat quicken. The two of you enter his room and he closes it behind you, following you as you make your way towards his black sofa that is against his wall on the right side of the room.

The room is rather simple but expensive looking. Standing at the doorway, the bed is immediately to your left against the wall, his desk with an expensive computer was at the end of his bed. Black sheets and a gray blanket with a worn stuffed elephant placed in between the two pillows–a stuffed animal he’s had since he was a baby. Along the wall with the sofa is a dresser with little knick-knacks he’s collected over the years along with a few trophies he’s won from his baseball tournaments. At the back far wall is Hanbin’s wall mounted television, underneath is a long bookshelf full of figurines, photos of his friends and family and books on film. On his off white colored walls are photos from movies such as The Godfather, Casablanca and more well known movies.

You take a seat on the sofa, placing the drink on the dark wood coffee table as Hanbin does the same with the food. As you get everything ready you can hear Hanbin get to work setting up the projector placed on a floating shelf above you, ready to project on the empty wall where the bed was against. You place his drink and order in front of the empty spot where he will sit, opening the box and putting the straw into his cup before doing the same for yourself. Once everything is ready and the movie is starting, you watch as Hanbin grabs a remote off from the coffee table, pressing a button and the lights dimming just enough for it to be dark but to still be able to see the food in front of you.

And so you two dig in, the movie already starting with a woman screaming.

You bury your face into Hanbin’s shoulder, earning another laugh from him as the intruder breaks the window to enter the house. He rubs your thigh that was on his lap with his thumb, his other hand holding you closer. “I didn’t know I’d date a scaredy cat when I asked you out.” You shake your head, not wanting to hear the struggle of whatever is happening. He chuckles, his body vibrating from his laughter, giving you a sense of peace from the fear that is hovering over you. He places a kiss on the side of your head, resting his cheek against you. You turn your head to the side, your forehead pressed against his cheek as you focus on the sound of his breathing. Closing your eyes, you enjoy the feeling of him. The feeling of his arms wrapped securely around you, his thumbs rubbing small circles on you, his slow breathing, and his heartbeat.

You move your head back to look at him, watching him as his attention goes from the movie to you. He looks down at you, his brow furrowed in confusion. “What?” Releasing one hand from around his waist, you cup his cheek and lean forward, watching him fill in the gap between you two. He kisses you like he kissed you that first time in front of your dorm room. He’s slow, cautious with you, as if he’s waiting for you to give him the okay. It’s what you like about him, he always puts you first.

You kiss him harder, with more greed as you feel him comply, his tongue brushing along your lower lip for access. You let him enter, his tongue brushing along yours as he shifts on the sofa and lays you on the couch as he places himself on top. He places his hand on the armrest to the sofa, the other finding its way to cup your cheek. You let your hand run through his locks as your other hand clutches onto his maroon colored shirt.

He continues to kiss you for a while longer, his lips making their way to your neck a few times before he breaks the kiss and pulls back. “We should probably stop,” he says, resting on his knees between your legs. The first time the two of you got into the moment, his hand brushed along the skin of your hip, scaring you a bit. You’re nervous and unsure and end the moment in an instant. Thankfully he understood and wasn’t hurt by your sudden reaction. However, it continued every time the two of you got caught up, and sometimes you wondered if he was getting irritated by it.

But he wasn’t. He always reassured you that it’s okay to feel that way. You weren’t ready at the time.

Today, however, you’re ready. You’re more than ready.

You sit up, bringing your legs under you as you get to your knees and almost to his height. You shake your head, cupping his cheeks and kissing him once more. You feel him hesitate at first, unsure if this is what you really want, but you have to let him know. You have to let him know you’re ready. Grabbing his hands, you place them on your hips, this time brushing your tongue along his bottom lip. He seems to understand what you’re trying to say, his grip on your hips tightening, his greed he lost coming back to life.

Your hands travel down from his cheeks to the hem of his shirt, trying to push it up and off of him. He releases his grip on you and helps you, quickly removing his shirt. Letting the shirt fall to the floor, he kisses you again; you let your hands roam his toned stomach, feeling every line of his abs. They’re hard even when he’s not flexing. A sign he’s clearly worked out a lot.

You feel his hands reach for your shirt, but he’s hesitant. Unsure if it’s what you want, so you grab your shirt and pull it off yourself. Feeling your heart race and the fear consume you as you realize you don’t have a shirt anymore. You’re topless in front of your boyfriend.

Your boyfriend. He’s not a stranger. He’s not someone you’re hooking up with. He’s someone you’re going to make love with. Someone who was so shy in asking you to be his girlfriend that he asked you to be his wife on accident because of the show you two were watching. You never laughed so hard. He’s your boyfriend. He won’t see you any different.

That’s what you have to tell yourself as you remove your hands from over your body, letting him see you. He holds your cheeks, bringing your gaze back up to him. He gives you a soft kiss. A warm and caring kiss. “Are you sure?” he asks in a whisper, his lips brushing along yours.

You swallow and nod. “I’m ready,” you mumble back, looking into his hazel colored eyes.

He nods back, kissing you slow and delicately like you can break any minute, and you feel like you can. You feel his hands travel down carefully until he reaches your sides. He feels the curve of your hips, the side of your bra but never your chest. You want to move his hands there, but you’re too scared to move your own hands from his chest. You’ll just have to let him take his time.

He breaks the kiss again, and not just a few inches, but far enough that you can see the details to his facial features. The mole on the bridge of his nose, his long lashes, and so much more but he doesn’t give you the chance as he wraps an arm around your waist and the other at the back of your thighs, lifting you off the couch. You immediately wrap your arms around his neck, watching as he takes a few steps around the coffee table and towards the bed. He climbs onto the bed before lying you down, his body hovering over yours once again.

He places himself between your legs as he kisses you this time with more need than the last. His hand is on your stomach, trailing small circles around your belly button. You shiver under his touch. The kissing continues with your tongues dancing around one another as you find yourself getting a little more confident as you trail your hands down to the beginning of his pants. He doesn’t let you continue as his hand travels up to the fabric of your bra. Your hands stop, body a little tense again as he let’s a finger trail between the valley of your breasts. He plays around your breasts, waiting for you to relax a bit, and when you finally do, you realize your heart is going to explode. He finally places a hand on your boob, waiting a few before he squeezes lightly.

It feels strange if you’re going to be honest. You’ve never been groped before so you’re unsure as to what it should feel like. Maybe because you have the bra on that it’s weird? If you took off your bra would things feel better? Even though you’re beyond scared, you arch your back as a sign for him to remove your last top clothing article. He takes the hint and his hand goes to your back, struggling a little before he unclasps your bra. He kisses his way back down to your neck, licking and sucking as his hand comes out from under you and makes its way under your loose article. His hand is warm as he takes a light hold of your flesh. He squeezes and it still feels strange.

He plays with your nipple, moving it in small circular motions and even pinching it. It feels slightly nice as he  bites your neck. He flicks it and you can’t help but jerk at the sudden motion, but you want him to do it again. You want him to take away the bra so that it’s not in the way.

“Hanbin,” you mutter, catching his attention. You grab your bra and pull it off you, feeling your face go red as you toss it across the room. His eyes travel down from your eyes to your naked top. Leaning down you feel the butterflies explode as he kisses just above your nipple. He kisses below it, kissing around them before he takes one into his mouth. It’s warm and different as he swirls his tongue around, sucking the tip and your body reacts, arching your back for him to take more.

You’ve touched your breasts in a sensual way before, but you didn’t feel this aroused as you do now with Hanbin touching you the way you did. You want him to continue on for who knows how long. You just want to be in this euphoria for as long as you can be before you face–

He grinds himself against your core, your breath hitching from the sudden movement. He does it again, a little rougher as he switches breasts. There’s another intake as you feel the pressure between both your clothed cores. You open your legs wider for him, wanting to feel him grind against you again, and he does. Grinding your own hips to meet the small friction happening between the two of you, Hanbin takes your now hardened nipple between his teeth and bites, pulling it just enough to earn a small moan from you.

As if he couldn’t take it anymore, Hanbin sits up and works on unbuttoning your jeans, you’re just as eager to help. He pulls down your pants and takes them off before they disappear behind him and leaves you now in just your underwear. He looks down to your womanhood, his finger traveling to the fabric. He lets it slide over the silk, his fingers brushing lightly but still causing your body to react from the sudden touch.

He meets your gaze, eyes full of lust that you can’t look away. You feel his finger again, pressing harder so that his fingers traveled between your lips and stopped at your bud where he forms a circular motion. You take in a deep breath never realizing how wet you already were from the few minutes of what he’s done to you. You can’t help but wonder what he feels, but you don’t have to think hard as you can see it in his eyes and the obvious bulge in his pants.

“Ah,” you quietly let out, body twitching from the pleasure you’re getting. Your breathing is slightly uneven as you take a handful of his blanket in your hands. “Hanbin,” you whisper, watching his finger the entire time while he watches you.

Maybe he understands what your body is telling him but your mind isn’t processing because he removes his finger from your bud and grabs the band of your pantie, removing it slowly and off you. Watching him scoot back and lean forward, you can’t help but imagine the first time this happened. The first time you experienced oral sex was when you had your eyes closed and you were lying on Yoongi’s bed as he held your legs open and–

You shake your head, no longer wanting to remember him. He’s not in your life anymore. You haven’t seen him in almost two months–you really haven’t seen him since that night when you had your double date with Ari and Hoseok. When Sam left his bedroom…

Your moan is louder, body pulling back and your back arching as you feel Hanbin run his tongue between your folds. You feel his arms wrap around your thighs, his hands holding them open as he continues his rhythm of a few licks between before going to swirl around your bud, sucking lightly. Your toes curl at the sensation as his hot breath hits your warmth as he creates your fourth orgasm, the building up becoming too much that your body shakes as you see the white stars and the build up burst.

You can feel your skin turning sticky from the sweat that built up from the heat slowly rising the room. The afternoon sun shining through the window, making Hanbin’s skin glow as he sits up, looking down at you. He looks sexy. His jet black hair sticking to his forehead from his own sweat, his toned body glistening as well, and the bulge more evident than before. Just like that first time in Yoongi’s room–your mind refuses to think but rather listens to your body as you get to your knees, kissing him again and your hands traveling to his pants.

You don’t hesitate this time as you unbuckle the belt to his pants, working on his button before finally zipping the zipper down. You don’t pull down his pants but let your hand go in and feel his length. It pulses from under his boxers and it’s hard, the tip leaving a small gap between the band and his pelvis. You grip his member, hearing an intake of his breath as you follow the length up and down. He grabs one cheek of your behind with one hand while the other goes down in between you two, his fingers finding its way to your bead again.

His breathing is ragged as you palm him, feeling his length radiate heat through the fabric as you suppress a moan as he rubs your own heat. Your tongues dance around one another as you finally bring your hand inside his last clothing article, feeling the skin of his penis. It’s warm and pulses in your hand as you do what…

You push that memory back as you let your hand do what it did that day, forgetting the person you practiced on. He moans into your mouth as you rub your finger on his tip, feeling a sticky substance coming from his slit. “Pre cum,” Ari told you when describing the male penis to you. Who knew having a friend open to talking about sex can help you now.

You can’t take it any longer as you feel the familiar high coming as you remove your hand from his pants and use both to push them to pull down his pants and off him. His hand leaves yours and he hops off the bed and removes his pants and boxers in one motion. You stare at his erect member, swallowing at the size of it. It looks big–bigger than Yoongi’s. You can’t stop the fear taking over as you think of that entering you. It’s going to hurt. It’s going to hurt so much.

As if sensing your fear, Hanbin climbs back onto the bed, cups your cheeks and brings your gaze up to him. “It won’t hurt like you think it will, Y/N. I’m going to do everything in my power to make sure you’re ready, and when you know you’re ready, you tell me and then we’ll try. If you’re not ready today, we don’t have to do it,” he reassures, his voice soft and filling you up with warmth.

You nod, feeling a bit more at ease as he kisses you once, twice, and then you’re lost in his lips. His hands travel down, feeling the curve of your body until he’s back to rubbing your clit, bringing back the feeling once again. You can’t help but bring your own hands back to his, feeling it pressed up against your stomach as you rub it between your hand and stomach. He moans into your mouth as you do the same, feeling the need to do more for him. Grabbing his sex, you bring it down, opening your legs wider as you move his hand away and place it between your folds, remembering how you did it with–no. Stop.

Hanbin breaks the kiss and looks down between you two before looking back up at you. “Please move,” you mumble. feeling already sensitive from him pressed against you. He pulls back, climbing off the bed again. You’re confused as you watch him make his way to his dresser, opening the first drawer, digging around for a second before pulling out a plastic wrapper and a black bottle. He comes back to you, tossing the condom on the bed completely forgetting about it as he focuses on the bottle, opening it and pouring a clear liquid substance onto his open palm. Closing the lid and dropping it next to the forgotten condom, he rubs it between his hands before coating his staff with it.

You realize it’s lube.

He makes his way back to you on the bed, on his knees in front of you as he nods, grabbing his rod and putting it back between you. It’s cold and you can’t stop the gasp escaping past your lips as you go still, waiting for your body to get used to the sudden change in temperature. “Sorry,” he mumbles, voice low and uneven as if he’s trying to stop himself from coming already. After a few seconds of deep breaths from him, he moves, his erection sliding along your vagina. You gasp, feeling the familiar pleasure you feel that day coming back. You close your legs, trapping him between you as he moves, a groan leaving him.

He keeps his pace slow-like as you feel the heat between the two of you grow. “Faster.” You want to feel him–feel him move at a fast pace that you can’t keep still. He complies with your request, capturing your lips as his thrusts become more quick. He glides against you so quickly and with ease as you feel your high grow more and more. The two of you are groaning into each other’s mouths as his thrusts are faster and harder, his pelvis hitting your own that if you weren’t desperate for him to go harder, you would feel the pain ten times more than you do right now. He wraps his arm around your waist to hold you still as he pounds against you.

You pull away, gasping and choking on a moan as you clutch onto him, wanting to become undone so badly. Hanbin stops moving, letting go of your waist as he instructs, “Lie down on your back.” You do as told, feeling your skin peel apart from each other as you lie on your back, looking up at him. He scoots closer to you, placing his sex between your folds again before grabbing your legs closing them and trapping him between them. You bend your knees close to your chest as you feel him move again, his grip on your ankles tightening immediately as he begins to pant.

The moans come back, your hands clutching onto his blanket. You’re close this time. Coming close a lot faster than you were earlier. Maybe it’s the angle, or it’s how he can thrust faster without having to be blocked, but your toes curl, back arching into an uncomfortable position as your body shakes, the long awaited orgasm finally coming undone. You can tell Hanbin’s rhythmic thrusts are uncertain now as he groans louder and a curse leaving his lips as he stills and a warm substance lands just below your belly button.

He releases his grip on your ankles, your legs falling like jelly onto the bed and Hanbin resting his hands on either side of you, his head resting against your shoulder. The two of you breath heavily as the sunlight barely filters through the trees, the room almost completely engulfed in darkness as the ceiling lights had turned off when you finished eating. “I wasn’t expecting that,” he mutters, his breath hitting your collar bone.

He brings his head up to look into your eyes, his hazel eyes glistening from the dim sunlight, black hair sticking to his forehead. You reach a hand up and brush the strands away. “Can we keep going?” you ask, voice barely a whisper, but he hears you loud and clear.

His brows rise. “You want to continue?” You give a slow nod. Did you mess up by asking to continue? Is he tired? Does he not want to? “If you want to we can. It may take me awhile to… you know.” He smiles sheepishly at you, giving you a second to catch on to what he’s saying.

“Oh. Okay,” you reply, nodding in somewhat understanding. You had two orgasms within the first session, so you don’t understand the male body. Maybe all men are different and Hanbin just takes a bit to get into the mood. “We can stop if you want.”

Your boyfriend chuckles. “It’s all about you today, Y/N. If you want to continue we will. It won’t be that long before I’m hard again.” With another nod from you, Hanbin leans down and places a kiss on the tip of your nose. He kisses down to your lips, the two of you sharing the sweet moment before he continues down further. He gives each breast light kisses before reaching your stomach, going down the center of your stomach and stopping before your belly button. He moves down to reach your center. His eyes travel up to you, his hands finding yours and he interlocks your fingers together. “I’ll be trying something. If you’re uncomfortable just tell me.”

Giving him your “okay”, he continues a bit further down until his tongue brushes between your lips again. You can’t help but gasp, your body clearly sensitive to the touch. He lets your hands go and as he holds one leg down, the other is there right along his tongue. He opens the folds, his tongue working its magic and even going a bit further by entering your hole just a bit. You revel in the feeling of his tongue, letting yourself get lost in the feeling as his tongue is back on your clitoris, fingers still where he put them.

His finger glides up and down, collecting what juices you made before he stops lower than where his mouth is. He forms a small circle around your entrance and slowly sticks one finger in. It’s barely the tip of his finger, but it feels strange. However, you’re too absorbed in the feel of his mouth as he inches another finger in. He continues until he has almost his entire finger inside you. Hanbin pulls out before slowly pushing back in.

It feels weird–it feels strange, but maybe he’s trying to get your body used to it before it’s him that enters. When he pulls out, he enters another finger, carefully pushing two digits in you, and you can’t help but feel even more strange. How long does it take before you’re enjoying the feeling? It honestly didn’t take long for the mouth to make you feel good, but his fingers are different. You close your eyes and try to enjoy the feeling you’re getting as best as possible without letting the fear take over.

“Ah,” you moan, body jerking as you feel his mouth suck a bit harder than earlier on your bud. Hanbin continues his small thrusts, twisting his fingers as he enters again, and once curling his fingers, but as he continues, the strange feeling is slowly being replaced with pleasure. He searches and tries as many angles as he can until he finds a sensitive area inside you. “Right there,” you gasp, as he pulls his fingers out. He looks up to you for what looks like reassurance. “Right there please.”

As Hanbin enters his fingers again, he does what he did the last time, twisting his fingers and curling them to hit the same spot so perfectly. You moan louder, bucking your hips from how strong the feeling is. He does it again and again, always finding the same spot as you clutch the blanket, moving your own hips to his movements. “Faster,” you beg, bringing your hips back as he does with his fingers before the two of you meet moving forward. He picks up his pace, the sound of what you can describe as sticking your fingers in slime and the wet sound coming after filling the room along with your moans. You can’t hold back any sounds escaping your body, even if you fear the neighbors hearing you–it doesn’t matter. The only thing that matters is feeling the whirl of emotions you’re having right now.

You’re begging now. Begging for him to go faster to give you that rush you’re so close to getting, but it’s not enough. “I need you,” you moan, looking down at him as his eyes meet yours. He pulls back and out, sitting up and cocking his head to the side. “I need you in me,” you rephrase, watching as a small ‘o’ forms around his lips in realization.

“Are you sure?” he questions.

“Please.”

He looks hesitant again. Like a child afraid to take something after his mother said “no”, but he moves forward and grabs his girth, lining it up to you. He glances at you. “If it’s uncomfortable–”

“Just tell you,” you say.

He chuckles. “Guess I talk a lot.”

You reach a hand out to him and he takes it. Holding his hand you look at him with a look of comfort this time. “I’m ready. I trust you.”

He inhales, caught off guard by your words. “Okay.” Grabbing the condom and lube bottle, the two items long forgotten about, he rips the wrapper open with his mouth and pulls out the condom, rolling it onto his fill. Tossing the package to the floor, he opens the cap to the bottle and pours it onto his hand, closing the lid and dropping it to the ground where the wrapper lies. You watch him as he rubs the clear substance on his protected shaft. Once he figures it’s covered, he strokes himself a few times before aligning it back to you.

He rubs his bulge up and down your sex, sending a shiver down your spine. Finally, he pushes himself in. You feel him enter but it’s a small amount before he pulls back out just barely leaving the tip inside. He pushes himself back in, a little further in. Pulls out. Again back in, more entering. He continues this, the feeling strange because it’s bigger and he can’t twist or curve it like he did with his fingers. You can feel your walls widen, but it’s not painful like you thought it would. There’s no tears like they have in the movies or what people tell you.

“Sex isn’t painful like people think. If your vag is prepped enough, it won’t feel like you’re being stabbed like the actors make you think. It’s all about knowing your body,” Ari told you when you first confessed to her about your first heated moment with Hanbin.

You’re not afraid, your body isn’t tense like you thought it would be. You’re calm and ready more than ever, and although it feels strange, once he starts moving in and out you know you’ll feel what all women feel.

Hanbin finally comes to a stop, his erection fully inside you. “How are you?” he asks.

“I’m fine,” you answer.

He nods, leaning forward and placing a warm kiss to your lips. “Tell me when you’re ready.”

You wait for a bit. Waiting for your body to get used to his size. When you feel like your body has adjusted, you exhale. “Okay.”

Hanbin moves. Pulling out like he did with his fingers, slow and careful. You’re unsure as to when you’ll feel good, but right now it’s just strange. It’s not uncomfortable or painful. It’s just… weird. He pushes back in, his own breathing uneven, eyes shut tight.

“Are you okay?”

He struggles to let out a chuckle as he answers, “You’re really tight and warm. I’m losing my mind right now.”

“Oh.” Even through the reddened and sweat filled cheeks, you can still feel the heat rise in them.

He opens an eye. “Are you okay?” He pulls back out.

“Yeah,” you half lie. You don’t want to tell him how you really feel. “You can move faster.”

He exhales. “Okay.” The blanket on either side of you shifts due to Hanbin’s grip tightening as he pushes in faster than the last thrust. Resting on his elbows now, Hanbin leans forward and kisses you. You cup his cheeks, feeling his tongue enter yours without a thought as his thrusts into you, the feeling still foreign. Your tongues play around one another with more practice compared to the first time. With practice you’re used to your boyfriend biting your lower lip, pulling back just a bit. With practice you find it so attractive and love how he’ll sigh in such content as you would do the same.

And with practiced thrusts, you finally let out a moan as the strange feeling disappears and the familiar thrill enters in its place. Your moan seemed to encourage Hanbin as he thrusts even faster than earlier, earning another muffled moan. The kiss breaks, Hanbin sitting back up on his knees with his hands gripping your hips, and you grab onto his wrists, eyes shut as you finally enjoy the feeling of sex.

You moan out his name and he moans out a curse as he pounds into you, the sound of your moans and skin slapping fills the room, the sun long gone and moonlight shining through the window along with the projector light now playing a white light. Opening your eyes to look at him. You can only see his outline, the light from the projector creating an illusion that he’s a god coming down from above. A god thrusting into you so good that your back arches, giving the god-like figure a chance to dip forward and bring his arm under you, changing your positions in one swift movement. You place your hands on his chest to keep your balance still as you adjust yourself now on top of him.

You sway your hips forward and back as you watch your shadow on the wall in front of you. Your hair is wild and if it were a mirror you’ll probably see the mess Hanbin has made out of you, but you can’t stop to focus on yourself as you hear a moan leave your boyfriend’s lips, his hands traveling from your hips up to grab your breasts and squeeze. His moans urge you to move faster and harder like he did. His pleas urge you to be just as quick as he is as you sit up straight and begin to bounce on him, the familiar sounds of slapping skin and moans filling the room again within seconds.

You can feel it again. You can feel the tense feeling licking the edge ready to burst. Hanbin grunts loudly, his body stiffening beneath you as you bounce a few times more before you feel the walls clench around him and the orgasm hit like a wall breaking down a dam. You sway your hips, eyes shut and nails digging into Hanbin’s skin as you ride out your orgasm, feeling your legs trying to close shut around his waist. After a few seconds and the world coming back to life, you hear the pants coming from you two along with the whirring sound from the projector.

You open your eyes to see Hanbin staring at the roof, his chest heaving as you slowly pull yourself off him, flinching as you feel him leave you. Lying next to him, he turns his head towards you, sweat more evident on his skin than earlier today. “That was–how do you feel?”

“It was amazing and intense,” you confess, feeling your voice crack. Your emotions are all over the place and you’re trying hard not to have that urge to cry.

He shifts his body facing you, caressing your cheek as he leans forward to place a kiss on your lips. “What do you want to do? Do you want to take a shower?”

“I want to sleep.” Your body will refuse to get up and make its way towards his bathroom, but you know it’ll get up just a bit to climb under the covers, and it does as Hanbin leans over the bed to grab his shirt and boxers. He hands you his shirt for you to put on as he removes the condom and tosses it into the trashcan next to his desk and puts his boxers on. When you’ve settled in, Hanbin brings you into his arms and you fall asleep almost immediately.

The following morning you wake up before he does, remembering all that happened the night before. You turn to look at his sleeping figure, watching his chest rise and fall slowly. After five minutes of debating with yourself, you decide to wake him up.

The two of you barely left that room for the rest of the day.

First Love | 17

Yoongi x reader | 18+ | college au | tattoo artist au | angst | fluff | smut | swearing 

Word: 2.9k

You first saw him in the multi-purpose room. Later learn his name, and on your third year, as he becomes your neighbor, you discover his lifestyle. Knowing your crush on him was nothing but that, you wanted to find the courage to look for love. Asking your friend for help, you’re pointed in the direction of the expert. Your neighbor, Min Yoongi

Chapter Index

“I still can’t believe this is our last year,” Ari says, heaving her final luggage out of her trunk. “Finally,” she mutters, closing the trunk and pulling out the handle from its secure place. She looks to you and grins. “Let’s unpack.” The two of you make your way towards the building where your new room awaits. 

You haven’t seen Ari since she finished her finals earlier than you. Helping her pack her belongings and putting it in her car, she left for the summer. Through calls and texts she told you she spent half her summer with her family and the other half with Hoseok. Now that you finally get to see her again, you immediately notice how short her hair is. Her hair was past her shoulders when she left just a few months ago, and now it’s barely touching her shoulders. Someone as beautiful as Ari can pull anything off it seems. 

As the two of you make your way towards the dorm building, you head up the same set of stairs that you’ve been taking since you moved into the dorms three years ago. This time, thankfully, Ari let you pick where to live, and you chose the second floor closer to the exit door where you can easily leave if you’re in a hurry. And you’re nowhere near Yoongi. He’s always stayed on the third floor, so you took that chance to pick the second floor and the side wing where you will never see him unless you’re forced to.

When you reach the second floor, Ari presses her ID to the scanner, hearing a click and pulls the door open for you. As you enter the building, a group of people are chatting at the far end of the hallway, several bags of what looks to be trash on the floor. Your guess is they finished packing. You wish you were them right now instead of going up and down the stairs. Sadly it’s not and as you pass the first five doors, you reach your room. 

Since you were last here, everyone had to use their key to get inside their dorm, but over the summer the dorms were updated and now you use your IDs to get inside your rooms. Pressing your ID to the scanner, you wait for the door to slowly unlock before you enter your messy room. Boxes and luggage everywhere. 

“Home sweet home,” Ari sighs, entering the room after you and heading for her bed to toss her suitcase along with the rest of the pile. Just like the last dorm, everything is basically the same. One bed next to the door, a desk at the end of the bed with another bed on the other side of the desk, and the second desk between said furniture and the sink. The only difference is while your bed was to your right in your old room, the bed is now to your left with the mirror closets and bathroom to the right. “I wonder what room Hoseok is in. Maybe the same as last semester?” Ari questions, beginning her long journey of unpacking. 

“He hasn’t told you yet?” you ask her, placing your items on your bed to start your unpacking. 

“Just like you, Hoseok never picks the room,” Ari laughs, creating a pile of her shirts and pants on the bed as she pulls out a light pink top, folding it neatly and puts it at the top of her stack. 

You hum in response, spending the rest of the time unpacking and helping Ari decorate the room a bit. By the time the two of you finished, Ari’s phone chimes, her music fading and screen lighting up for a brief second. You watch as she hangs the final strand of hanging lights to the hook on the wall before jumping off her bed and grabbing her phone off her desk. She reads the message. 

“Seems like Hoseok is done packing and wants to see our room,” she tells you, typing away on her phone. “I’ll have him meet me by the stairs on this floor.” She locks her screen and looks to you. “See you in a bit.” You follow her towards the door, watching her open it as the door across from yours opens as well. As the door opens fully you can see two figures exiting their room. One figure you wish to never see again, but the world won’t give you that. “Hoseok?” Ari says in complete shock. 

He looks up to lock eyes with his girlfriend. “Hey,” he laughs. “What a coincidence.” 

“Yeah. It’s really weird,” Ari chuckles, but you can feel the discomfort in her tone as she continues her talk with Hoseok. 

Their conversation dies out as your eyes stick to him like glue. You haven’t seen him in months, but you can see the little details on what’s changed with him. He has an undercut, his hair brushing along the tips of his ears and brows. His face looks more fuller and on his neck, just sticking out from under his black t-shirt is ink. He has a new tattoo–you wonder if it’s a part of his sleeve. Your eyes travel back up and you see that he’s staring at you. You’re the first to look away. 

“I’ll see you later,” he tells Hoseok, voice gruff as you hear his footsteps disappear. 

You’ve missed him. You hate the fact that you’ve missed him, but you do. So much that you constantly had to distract yourself over the summer because if you were alone with your thoughts for even one second, your thoughts would travel to him. From his dark eyes, down to the feeling of his hand when he touched you. You hate yourself. 

“So this is your room?” Hoseok asks, bringing you out of your thoughts. You look towards him, watching as he steps closer to Ari, wrapping his arms around her to hug her, but to mainly see inside your room. 

You chuckle, “Would you like to come in?”

He grins, glancing your way as he releases Ari and opens his arms for you to walk into. He wraps his arms around you as he hugs you tightly. “I’ve missed you, my second best friend.” 

Rubbing his back, you giggle, “Me too.” Releasing your grip from one another, you step aside for Hoseok to enter your room and for Ari to close the door behind the three of you. “How was your vacation?” 

“Amazing. Spent a lot of time with my love and my family. We went to Disneyland.” His focus is on the lights draped against the wall. “I should do this, but I don’t think Yoongi would like it,” he sighs, shaking his head. 

“You went to Disneyland? Was it fun?” you ask him as he takes a seat on Ari’s bed. 

“Hell yeah!” He snaps his fingers in realization. “That reminds me–I got you something while we were there.” Hopping off the bed, Hoseok jogs towards the door. “Be right back,” he calls, opening the door and exiting the room. 

“Are you okay?” Ari asks.

You look to her and smile the best you can. “What luck.” 

“I didn’t know they would be across from us,” she explains, looking at you with a worried look.

You shake your head. “I know,” you mumble and let out a sigh. “At least we won’t be hearing him when he’s alone with a girl,” you chuckle, but you only feel a sting in your chest. 

Why couldn’t you be far away from him? Why is he always right there but never within your reach?

A knock comes at the door. Ari walks over to it and opens the door to reveal Hoseok standing on the other side with a sheepish smile on his face. “I left my ID and my phone inside.”

You laugh loudly, remembering the first day you met him a year ago.

Ari and Hoseok left about an hour ago, the two deciding to go out for dinner. You are currently waiting for Hanbin to come pick you up for your own dinner date he has planned for the two of you. As you double check to make sure your attempt at doing makeup looks good enough, your phone rings, vibrating loudly on your desk. 

Walking over to it from your little make up station at the sink, you see an unfamiliar number. You frown, picking up the phone and pressing the answer button, bringing it to your ear. “Hello?”

“Hello,” the disembodied voice begins, her tone light and customer service like, “I’m looking for Y/N. Is she available?” 

You take a seat at your desk. “This is her,” you say, glancing at the clock on your desk. Hanbin should be here in twenty minutes. 

“Hello, Y/N, my name is Allison from Sun’s Crossing. I’m calling to let you know you’ve been selected to join the summer internship program next year,” she informs you. She continues to talk, but you can’t hear anything besides the rapid beating of your heart. You got accepted. You’re going to be an intern for Sun’s Crossing in New York. 

At the beginning of summer, you confessed to Hanbin about wanting to apply to be an intern but you felt as if you didn’t have enough to catch any company’s attention. Hanbin saw otherwise and pestered you for days to apply for a few internships “because you’re going to get into several and you gotta be prepared to pick the best one” as he put it. You were reluctant to apply because that would mean a year of not being with him–being separated, but that didn’t stop him from telling you to apply. He planned on taking an internship as well, but in California. The two of you will still be together and after it’s all over you two will be working your dream jobs and living in a nice little apartment. It gave you hope, and now that hope is coming true. 

“Hello? Y/N?”

“I-I’m here,” you tell her, shaking your head of all thoughts of the dream coming true. “Can you repeat that?”

The woman chuckles on the other end. “We will be sending you more information on the internship and what is to be expected through email in the upcoming months. Congratulations again.” 

“Thank you so much–goodbye,” you rush, hanging up the phone. You immediately start looking for Hanbin’s number when a knock interrupts your search. Placing your phone on the desk, you get up from your seat and make your way towards the door. When you turn the handle and pull, Hanbin stands on the other side panting. “Hanbin–”

“I got in,” he interrupts. He smiles widely as he repeats, “I got in, Y/N.” 

You smile back. “I got in, too. We did it.” You watch as his eyes go wide before he rushes towards you, lifting you into the air as you giggle and the door closes. 

When the door closes, everything happens rather quickly. A simple congratulations kiss ends up being more than that. Now your nails are digging into Hanbin’s bare back as he thrusts into you, him holding your complete weight as your back hits the door every now and then. You choke back a moan as he hits the right spot, your head hitting the door rather loudly as you feel your orgasm get closer. 

“I’m close,” you rush in a whisper. You’ll never understand Hanbin’s strength, but he picks up his speed and thrusts into you faster and harder. He sends you over the edge before you could even cry a word. You moan lowly into his shoulder as he rides you out, his own euphoria coming soon after. 

He holds you as the two of you pant heavily. “So much for a nice dinner,” he chuckles, the both of you leaning back to lock eyes. “You in the mood to just grab a burger? I’m guessing the restaurants are closing now.” 

You let out an exhausted laugh. “Yeah.” He sets you down slowly, holding onto your waist as you get the feeling back in your legs before the two of you clean up, get dressed and head out for a very late dinner. 

“Ugh,” Ari groans, running a hand through her short hair in frustration. “I’m done with school.”

“It’s barely the first day,” Hoseok states, taking a fry and popping it into his mouth. “You can’t be done when all we’ve had are introductions and go over the syllabus.” 

“Because just listening to them talk about the syllabus and hearing all these assignments that are coming up too fast is already stressing me out. I just want to graduate already and be a forensic linguist!” She tosses her hands up in the air in defeat.

You shake your head. “We’re almost done. This is our last school year and then we’re off doing what we do best.” 

“Yeah,” Hoseok agrees, placing his hand on his girlfriend’s back and rubbing it soothingly. “You’ll be yelling ”objection“ and I’ll be dancing in court to prove your point.” Ari laughs at his statement, earning a small relief from Hoseok as he takes another bite. It’s amazing how he knows her like the back of his own hand. 

“We’re almost done,” she repeats, sitting up straight and finally digging into her plate of Chinese food.

After a few minutes go by of random conversations, Ari looks to you with curious eyes. She smirks. “Have you two said the three words yet?”

You almost choke on your chicken as you roughly swallow the chewed pieces. “Three words?”

“I love you,” Hoseok chimes, twisting the cap to your water bottle off and handing it to you. 

You gratefully take the bottle and chug the water to wash down whatever got caught in your throat. “I haven’t,” you confess, twisting the cap back on. 

“Do you feel like you’re ready for it?” Ari questions, taking another bite out of her food acting as if you weren’t just choking on your food because of her. “Has he said it?”

You shake your head. “No he hasn’t said it yet.”

“But do you feel like you’re ready?” It’s Hoseok’s turn to ask, obviously interested in your unknown love life. 

You’re quiet for a moment, thinking. Are you ready to say those words? You do have feelings for him, and it is something you’ve never felt before. So, are you ready to be the first one to say it? Are you ready to say those three words that can change someone’s life?

It’s scary–it really is, but–

“Yeah, I think I am ready,” you tell them, feeling your heart race. 

The day goes on, the professors you meet today do the bare minimum. No one is ready to start the new semester with a lecture or homework just yet. So, as your final class of the day ends, you pack up your belongings and put them in your backpack. Several students are already saying goodbye to one another after having known each other for a while or just meeting now. 

With everything put away, you slip on your backpack and make your way out of the room, meeting the warm, night sky. You follow a group of people making their way towards the bus stop. A few other classes have just finished as groups of people leave different rooms, all making their way in different directions. As you make your way across campus, there are a few students still scattered across the grounds, several students sitting at the tables close to the food court. Instead of following the group up towards the first bus stop close to the library, you head down towards the second bus stop closer to the Student Union building.

By the time you get to the second stop, you notice the shuttle’s back lights turning on. You speed walk towards the vehicle, just making it in time as the driver closes the doors. Showing your ID, you make your way towards an empty spot in the middle, taking the window seat. Pulling out your earphones from your backpack, you plug it into your phone and place the buds in your ears. As a song plays, you take in a deep breath. The conversation you had earlier with Ari and Hoseok comes to mind. 

You’ll see him tomorrow during your small break between classes, and during that break you’ll tell him. Sure it’s not romantic or anything, but if you feel it, you’re supposed to just go for it right? You smack your palms against your warming cheeks. You’re nervous, but you can do it. 

I can do it. 

The following day you go through the usual introductions to the class, go over the syllabus, and leave for the day. As time gets closer and closer to you meeting Hanbin for lunch, your heart races and your nerves are on edge. When your professor says his goodbyes, you put your notebook and pencil away, and follow the group out the room. Checking your phone to make sure there were no other texts sent from him, you make your way towards the meeting spot where Hanbin should be waiting with your order from the Greek stand. 

When you reach the outdoor seating area, your eyes scan the umbrella area, looking for a familiar face. Before you can unlock your phone and begin searching for your boyfriend’s contact name, you can hear him calling for you. You look around again and find him standing at the far back next to his reserved table. He waves when he notices your eyes are on him. You smile and make your way down the steps and towards him. 

You’re going to do it. 

This is it. 

Tell him.

“Hey,” he says, beaming before leaning down and planting a kiss on your lips. 

Tell him.

“I–” the words catch in your throat.

First Love | 18

Yoongi x reader | 18+ | college au | tattoo artist au | angst | fluff | swearing

Word: 3.8k

Beta reader: jinned

You first saw him in the multi-purpose room. Later learn his name, and on your third year, as he becomes your neighbor, you discover his lifestyle. Knowing your crush on him was nothing but that, you wanted to find the courage to look for love. Asking your friend for help, you’re pointed in the direction of the expert. Your neighbor, Min Yoongi

Chapter Index

You lie in bed, staring up at the ceiling as the hum of the air conditioner fills the silence. The scenes play in your head over and over again. The first time you tried to say those three words to Hanbin. The second time you tried. The third time. Groaning, you turn to your side to face the wall. No matter how many times you try to say it, the words never leave past your lips. It’s like there’s glue in your throat, and the words can’t make it past the substance. It sucks and you’ve never felt so confused. Why can’t you say it? Do you not feel it yet?

Maybe you should wait until you know, but when do you know? When do you know that Hanbin is the love of your life? How does all this work?

You ponder for a while before giving up on trying to nap, so you get out of bed and make your way towards your desk, pulling out your textbook and notebook to work on your homework. Even as you try and focus on the question in front of you, your thoughts refuse to concentrate on anything but the lingering question you don’t want to think about. You groan, shaking your head as you try and bring your attention back to the question you haven’t answered after staring at it for ten minutes. 

“Focus, Y/N. Now is not the time to question your feelings,” you mumble to yourself, adjusting in your seat. Those thoughts don’t leave. It lingers and pesters, hovering at the back of your mind like a pest. You don’t hear the lock to the door unlocking, or Ari walk in and begin to talk when you toss your pencil in frustration and cry out, “I can’t say it.”

“Can’t say what?” Ari asks as the door closes behind her, the sound of her footsteps making its way across the room towards her desk. 

“I can’t say ”I love you“ to Hanbin,” you confess, resting your forehead against the cool surface in front of you, homework long forgotten. 

Ari’s quiet for a moment, taking in what you had just told her. “Maybe you don’t feel it yet?” 

“That’s the thing,” you begin, sitting up and looking towards her, “I don’t think I’m ever going to love Hanbin like I hope I will.” 

She frowns in confusion, cocking her head slightly to the side. “What do you mean?”

You avert your eyes as you reply, “No matter how hard I try and forget him, I can’t.” 

“Y/N…”

“What I feel for Hanbin doesn’t compare to what I feel for Yoongi.” You finally look up to meet her somber expression. “And I hate that. I hate the fact that I can’t forget him.” 

“What are you going to do?” she questions. 

“What do you mean?”

She adjusts in her seat, draping one leg over the other. “If Yoongi stood in front of you right now, could you tell him what you can’t tell Hanbin?”

You open your mouth to give your response, but you say nothing. What you want to tell her doesn’t feel right, but what you really feel should not be what you’re feeling. You need to follow your head not your heart. However, your heart is louder than your thoughts, and as you open your mouth to answer, you feel at ease wanting to say it. “I–”

A knock at the door interrupts your answer. The knocks are quick and loud, desperate for someone to open the door so that the person behind the door can see you. Making your way towards the door, you grab the handle, twist and pull the door open. Hanbin stands on the other side, hair disheveled and out of breath. 

“Hey,” he says, voice wheezy as his chest heaves. 

“Are you okay?” you ask him, seeing drops of sweat fall from his temples. 

“Let’s go on a walk?”

“A walk?” you ask with a frown. “Are you sure you’re okay?”

He nods, waving your question off with his hand. “You up for a walk? I gotta tell you something.” 

You bite the inside of your cheeks before nodding. “Let me grab my phone and then we’ll go.” He nods, looking relieved that you agreed to go on this walk with him. Letting the door go as he holds it open, you walk towards your desk to grab your phone and bag containing your wallet and ID. You look to Ari. “I’ll be back,” you tell her. She nods in response as you turn back around and make your way out of your room, following Hanbin down the hall and towards the side exit. “Is everything okay?” you question again, leaving the building and making your way down the stairs. 

When the two of you reach the ground floor, he takes your hand in his delicately as the two of you begin your walk out of the dorm parking lot and onto the sidewalk, down the slope and along the route the bus and shuttle takes heading towards campus. “Yeah, I just…” You feel him grip your hand. “I need to tell you something before you find out and you think of something different.” 

You stop, forcing him to stop and face you. “What do you mean?” He looks at you with soft, confused eyes. “What happened?” you ask.

“Lynn transferred here,” he confesses, looking away in shame.

“Your ex?” He nods. You know Hanbin, and you know he would never cheat on you, but you know that Lynn is his first love–the girl he was torn about when they ended their relationship because doing long distance was hard. They didn’t end on bad terms. “How do you feel?”

“If I’m going to be honest… I’m confused.” He meets your gaze again. “I thought that since she’s on the other side of the world, I’d be fine and move on. I meet you and I feel like I can move on.” He hangs his head. “But then she shows up and it’s like those feelings never left, and the worst part is I’m fighting something I wish I wasn’t.” 

You take his other hand in your free one, swallowing a lump in your throat. “If Lynn,” you begin, taking in a deep breath, “were standing here right now, would things make more sense?”

His eyes look hurt when you ask that. “Y/N–” 

“That day at the bus stop,” you interrupt, shifting the weight in your legs, heart racing, “I was going to tell you something, but I couldn’t.” 

“What was it?” he asks, voice soft and comforting. 

You want to cry, and you almost do when your voice cracks as you say, “I wanted to tell you that I love you, but I couldn’t.” You attempt to clear your throat. “I don’t think I can say it.” You can’t stop the sob escaping past your lips, or the tears rolling down your cheeks. “I’m sorry, Hanbin,” you cry, releasing his hands as you wipe the tears away. “I’m trying so hard, but I can’t.” He takes you in his arms, holding you tight and close. “I’m sorry–I’m so sorry.” 

“It’s okay, Y/N,” he comforts, rubbing his hand up and down your back. 

You shake your head. “It’s not fine. I want to love you, but I can't,” you sob into his shoulder. “You’re perfect and everything someone could ever want, but I don’t feel that way–I keep thinking maybe if I wait longer, I’ll feel it, but I don’t want to drag you along if I never feel it.” 

“Y/N,” he begins, holding you tighter, “I feel the same way.” You separate yourself from him just a bit, your eyes meeting. “I care for you, and I have feelings for you, but”–he releases his grip around you and cups your cheeks–“I don’t want to drag you either.” 

“You’re still in love with Lynn,” you whisper.

You can see in his eyes that he looks hurt and conflicted. “I’m sorry, Y/N. I’ve tried so hard to not fall back in love, but when I heard she was coming back the feelings lingered. Then when I saw her and it’s like those feelings never left.” 

You shake your head, brushing your hand along his cheek as he let’s yours go. “She has your heart, and it’s not fair to stop you.” 

His eyes glisten. “Who has your heart?” You’re quiet, afraid to answer because you’re not fully sure if he does. “Yoongi?”

Your eyes widen. “How…”

“The way you look at him and how you try so hard to avoid him, I figured he has yours in some way,” he replies, giving a small, sad smile. A smile you've never seen before. A smile that hurts you to look at. “Do you love him?”

It’s your turn to look away, head hanging. “I don’t know. I-I’ve had feelings for him for years, but I don’t know if it’s love.” 

He lifts your head with his finger under your chin. “Well if he was right here, could you say it?”

There it is. The question asked for the second time today. When Ari asked you, you were sure of your answer. Now you’re confused–conflicted because you don’t know. You’re comparing Yoongi and Hanbin–comparing their personalities, attitudes and the little things they do differently. Hanbin is winning by a landslide, but you can’t say those three words to him. Can you say it to Yoongi?

“I-” You don’t know. 

“Tell him how you feel, Y/N. Even if you don’t love him, it’s best to tell him what you feel because you’ll regret it if you don’t,” he tells you.

You can’t help but ask, “What does that mean for us?”

He smiles. This smile makes you cry. “You’ve made me so happy and I’m glad to have gotten to know you. You’re an amazing person, Y/N, and if Yoongi doesn’t see it, then he’s not worth it. Always know that you are beautiful and worth everything you don’t think you deserve. I hope you find your happiness.” 

You choke back a sob as you reply, “I hope you find happiness, too. Lynn is a lucky person to have your heart.”

He chuckles. “I just hope something rekindles.” 

You nod. “It will. She loves you, and I’m sure she’s waiting for you to go back to her.” 

He wraps his arms around you once more and holds you tight as you cry in his arms. It’s after a few minutes that you finally stop crying and he releases you. “Want me to walk you back?”

You nod, taking his hand as you walk the short walk back to your dorm one last time. You can’t believe it’s over. This relationship that almost made it to one year is ending because your hearts don’t belong to each other. Why is life cruel? Why can’t you love him like you want to? Why are your feelings stronger for Yoongi? His heart doesn’t belong to you–he loves Sam. That cheater holds him close to her and you hate it. You hate feeling this way and not loving Hanbin. 

This is crap.

The two of you stop at the gate of the dorms, holding each other’s hand tightly. “I love you, Y/N. I wish I could love you the way I want to.” He smiles, brushing his thumb along your skin. 

You smile back. “I love you, too.” The two of you lean forward and press your lips against each other for the last time. Taking in the feeling and warmth he gives before the two of you separate. 

“I’ll always be here if you need me,” he tells you, releasing your hand. You nod, watching him walk the way you two came from. 

You want to cry, but you won’t. Instead you take in a deep breath and head towards your dorm. Out of everything you’ve experienced from this relationship, you’ll care and learn from it. Whatever happens next, you won’t let it be less than what you had with Hanbin. You won’t let anything push you around and make you feel small and scared. 

When you unlock your door and enter the room, Ari is working at her desk, her body turning around to face you. She can see the red in your eyes as the door closes behind you. She gets to her feet and walks over towards you. “What happened?”

You smile as best you can. “We broke up.”

Her eyes widened in shock. Just like you, she isn’t expecting that. “What? What happened within those thirty minutes?”

You shake your head. “I’ll explain later, but for now”–You stand straight–“is Hoseok in his room?”

“Yeah,” she answers. “Why?”

“I need to talk to Yoongi.” Turning around, you exit the room and walk across the hall where Yoongi and Hoseok’s room is. 

“Holy shit, Y/N. Are you sure?” Ari asks, holding the door open as she stands in the doorway. 

You knock on the door, heart racing. “It’s now or never.” You two wait for a few seconds in silence when the door opens to reveal Hoseok. 

“Y/N,” he begins, smiling wide until it fades, “are you okay?”

You ignore his question, asking, “Is Yoongi here?”

Hoseok shakes his head, glancing at Ari behind you. “He’s in the studio in the Music Building on campus,” he informs. 

You give a simple nod, clutching your bag, double checking in your thoughts to make sure you have everything you need before running down the hall and out the building. “Good luck!” you can hear Ari call as the door closes and you jog down the steps, careful not to trip. 

Reaching the ground floor, you see off into the distance the shuttle taking off. “No,” you groan, picking up your speed until you reach the sidewalk. Looking to your left, you notice a familiar bus parked by a restaurant and bus stop. You walk to the bus stop a bit away to your right. You suppose you’ll have to wait for the bus driver to get off break and head to the stop you’re waiting at. 

You take your phone out of your bag and pull up a map of the campus. Where is this building located? Is it close to the buildings you’re familiar with? Is it on the lower side of campus? After a minute of searching, you find the building’s location, just as the bus pulls to a stop in front of you. You pull out your bus card, climb in, and press your card to the scanner. When you hear the beeping sound, you take the first seat available. 

You’re scared. You’re scared as the bus drives closer and closer to the campus, taking no stops to pick anyone up. Your heart is racing and your palms are beginning to sweat as you clutch your phone tightly. You can’t do this–this is so dumb. Yoongi will think you’re stupid and you’ll look like a complete idiot for telling him something you’re confused about. 

What do you do? Do you go to him and do it anyway? Do you get off the bus and wait for the next one to take you back to your dorms? What are you going to do?

The bus comes to a stop at the second bus stop on campus. When did you get here so quickly? You stand up and wait for some of the students to find their seat before walking off. This is the stop closest to where his building is. Right now, after you cross the street, you can either continue down the path that’ll lead you to the lower level of campus, or wait for the shuttle or bus to take you back. 

What are you going to do?

Go forward? Wait here?

What are you doing? 

Pick. Pick, Y/N. 

When the signal turns green for you to cross the small road, your feet are running. You’re running down the pathway and towards Yoongi. If you stop–if you let yourself think, you’ll back down. You’ll give up and go back never knowing what he’ll say. Even when it’s a denial, at least you know how he feels rather than guessing and being left in the dark. 

Right?

When you finally find the building, your heart is racing. You wonder if it’s from running or because you’re scared. You can’t think about it. If you do, you’ll quit and leave, and you don’t want to go back not knowing. After asking for directions, you take the elevator to the fourth floor. You feel like you’re going to throw up as the doors open to the fourth floor, an opening before you were chairs and desks line the walls with a few students sitting and studying in silence. Taking in a deep breath as you step out of the elevator, you look left and right down the halls, both lined with doors of what you assumed are studio rooms. 

You don’t know which side he’s on, so you start right and begin to read all the names currently occupying the room. Left and right you don’t find his name, and the closer you get to down the hall, the more you feel yourself wanting to give up. You’re going to take the fact that you went right instead of left as fate telling you not to do this. And so as you get closer to the end of the hall, you’re accepting destiny faster than you thought you would. As the last two doors appear, you check both of them.

You almost trip from trying to turn around when you see his name. You really thought he wasn’t going to be down this hall, yet there’s his name. His name written in his handwriting plastered on the whiteboard next to the black door. You curse under your breath. He’s here. He’s on the other side of this door, waiting for you to spill your guts about everything. 

You breathe, “Don’t think just go. Don’t think, just go.” Shaking off your nerves, you walk towards the door, twist the knob open and enter the room. You really didn’t think before entering. You didn’t think about who could possibly be in here–if he’s alone. You didn’t think. But to your luck it’s just Yoongi who is currently standing at a table of equipment you don’t know well enough. 

He’s looking at you as the door closes behind you, your breath uneven as you try and calm yourself. You can do this. You got this. “Oh good,” he begins, standing straight before gesturing to the window in front of him with his thumb, “I can’t tell if the mic in there is working. You mind going in there and testing it out for me?” You’re completely caught off guard, unsure as to what you should do. “Well?”

You jump a bit and walk down the small hall next to his desk and open the door to the small room where only a mic and stool is placed. Yoongi’s voice booms in the room you’re in, “Just go ahead and talk into the mic when I say.” You walk up to the microphone, moving the stool out of the way. Watching Yoongi as he works the equipment in front of him, you bring your hands together in fear and take in deep breaths. You don’t have to tell him–he doesn’t need to know the real reason you’re here. You can just come up with an excuse. Yoongi interrupts your thoughts, “Okay. Just start talking–”

“I love you.” Oh shit you said it. You can’t go back now, but you can’t meet his eyes either. You can do this. “I’m in love with you. I-I’ve been in love with you since we first met, and I know that love at first sight isn’t real, but it hit me so hard when I met you. I thought it was just a crush, but the longer I felt it, the bigger it grew. Then you agreed to help me, and it just grew bigger–I couldn’t even tell Hanbin I love him because I don’t. I hate myself for dragging him along when you were always on my mind, but through those months of being together, it made me realize how much I’m in love with you.” You take in a deep breath. “I love you, Yoongi, and I don’t expect anything out of this, but I just had to tell you because if I didn’t, it would eat me alive for not telling you.” 

Your breath is shaky as you finally muster up the courage to look past the microphone and at him. He’s staring at you with a blank expression. You don’t know what he’s thinking and it scares you. You said you just wanted to tell him, and that’s all you need, but you can’t help but feel saddened by his expression. You watch as his hand goes to the buttons in front of him. “I couldn’t hear you,” he begins over the speaker, “guess it’s broken. You can come out now.” There’s a click and the speakers are silent. Your heart drops and you want to cry so badly. You just spilled your guts and the speakers decide not to work? What kind of fate is this? 

You exit the small room and walk into the open space where Yoongi messes with the gears. “What were you saying in there?” he asks, never looking up to look at you as he continues to push buttons and twist knobs. 

You open your mouth, the words catching in your mouth. “Nothing,” you finally answer, voice low and quiet. 

He hums. “Okay. Well I have work to do so you can leave.” 

You can feel the tears prick the corner of your eyes as you give a small nod and turn to leave. Twisting the knob, you open the door and leave his room. You told him how you felt, and although he didn’t hear you, that counts as something right? You confessed and you know the answer. You can go back to your dorm and live your life happily. 

Halfway down the hall, you spin on your heels and make your way back towards his room. You burst through the door again. Yoongi, with his hands resting on the table and head down, looks up and meets your gaze. The door closes behind you, again, and you speak, “I love you.” He rises slowly. “That’s what I said.” He’s silent and you’re not sure what to do, so you begin to repeat everything. “I’m in love with you. I’ve been in love with you since we first met–”

“Shut up,” he says, tone gravelly. “What did you say?”

You swallow the lump in your throat as you repeat, “I love you.” 

He looks away, eyes looking conflicted for the first time as he runs a hand through his hair. “Dammit,” he mutters before walking over to you with quick strides. You’re scared as he gets closer, and you’re taken aback when he cups your cheeks and crashes his lips to yours.

First Love | 19

Yoongi x reader | 18+ | college au | tattoo artist au | angst | fluff | swearing

Word: 3.9k

Beta reader: jinned

happy birthday to yoongi

You first saw him in the multi-purpose room. Later learn his name, and on your third year, as he becomes your neighbor, you discover his lifestyle. Knowing your crush on him was nothing but that, you wanted to find the courage to look for love. Asking your friend for help, you’re pointed in the direction of the expert. Your neighbor, Min Yoongi

Chapter Index

You lie in bed staring up at the ceiling as the tips of your fingers brush along your lips. You can’t stop the smile growing as you remember the kiss. How he brought his lips to yours, taking you by surprise for a moment before your eyes flutter to a close and feel his lips move along yours. It fits perfectly with yours; soft, warm and sending butterflies in your stomach. You felt the fireworks and the rapid beating of your heart—it’s completely different from Hanbin. You toss to your side, burying your face in your hands as you feel the blush creep along your cheeks. You love him. You told him confidently that day and you have no regrets. 

So what does that mean for the two of you? Are you a couple? You thought the same thing with Hanbin, but it wasn’t until he asked you to be his girlfriend that you learned you two were just dating for a few weeks. Ari even told you that everyone starts dating to test the waters before they decide if they want to be official or not. So, you’re not a couple with Yoongi. Unless he has a different view on what official means and that kiss makes you a couple? But it also might not be that. Maybe it’ll only be a kiss and that’s it. You’ll never know what it’s like to date him and you’ll be alone the rest of your school year and find some old dude to be your lover because you’ve only loved Yoongi since then. 

“Oh my God I’m scaring myself,” you mutter to yourself, sitting up. You have to talk to him. You have to ask him if what happened that day means something more to him like it does for you. Climbing out of bed, you slip on your shoes and step up to your door, hand outstretched towards the handle. But you can't bring yourself to grasp it. Your hand idles, thoughts fighting against each other before you’re back in bed. “I’m not going. I’ll wait it out.” You’re under your cover, hiding from reality. 

So much for thinking you’re a new person with so much confidence.

“You’re such a wimp.”

“I am not!” you defend, but you know she’s right. Ari is one hundred percent right today, but you don’t want to admit it out loud. 

“Yes you are. Now grow a pair of bigger boobs and go ask him!” She shoves you towards the door, but her push is barely strong enough to nudge you. 

It’s been almost a week since you had your kiss with Yoongi, and your last talk with him, too. He’s been unreachable—always at school or too busy to even give Hoseok the time of day. You’re thinking it’s because he has an important assignment coming up, but then you’re also thinking he’s having second thoughts about the kiss. He never said anything to you that day after the kiss. He told you he needed to focus on his work and you left. Nothing was said. Nothing is ever said when it comes to him. 

Why do you like him again?

“I’ll do it later,” you whine, stomping your feet like a child as you climb into bed instead. 

You can see her staring daggers at you as she stands in the middle of the room with her arms crossed over her chest. You can see she’s thinking of something, but you don’t know what. Finally, she says, “You have a week to talk to him. If you don’t, I’ll go over there and ask him myself.” You can’t help but open your mouth in shock. Did she really just— “Got it?” she says, rather than asks. Groaning, you toss your blanket off you and slide off your bed, grabbing your backpack on your desk chair and slip on your shoes. “Where are you going?” she asks as you turn the handle to open the door. 

“To study on campus,” you half yell, opening the door, heading out of the room.

You're about halfway down the hall when you hear your dorm room close and open again with Ari yelling, "You better not forget what I said!"

No words are said from you as you push the side door open and head down the flight of stairs. You almost trip from the frustration Ari gave you, but you catch yourself and take careful strides down the rest of the steps. No one is really outside today—no one is heading towards the bus stop to take the fifteen minute drive towards campus. Maybe you'll have time to calm down in the shuttle and prepare yourself for a test that's weeks away.

You just needed to get out of the room and away from Ari's unnecessary glares. Reaching the sidewalk, the shuttle has just pulled to a stop. It seems like you'll have to wait fifteen or thirty minutes before the vehicle will take you to the campus. As the doors open, a few people exit the large, white bus—one of them being Yoongi who notices you immediately. You can feel your heartbeat quicken, the butterflies fluttering in your stomach in an instant. You don't understand how he can cause such chaos within you, but he does it every time you see him. You can imagine the kiss so clearly. His soft lips brushing along yours, thumbs running across your skin leaving a hot trail behind.

He's looking at you expectantly as the rest of the passengers leave along with the driver towards the buildings. It's not as obvious for you as it is for him, but you realize your mouth is open as if you're going to say something. Your body betrays you rather quickly before your brain can even comprehend what you're doing. Yet, he continues to wait there for a few more seconds before he turns his attention ahead of him and he starts towards his room.

"Um," you begin, seeing him stop in your peripheral, "I was wondering..." Wow you're struggling. Where did all that confidence you had when he kissed you go? Where did the ‘don't think just do’ motto go? Swallowing the lump in your throat, you turn to face him. "What are we exactly." Okay. You said it. Now the ball is in his court.

He's staring at you with a look you can never read, eyes blankly staring and mouth set tightly. Is what you thought about earlier really true? Was it just testing out the waters? Does he not like you? Why are you always right?

"What do you want us to be?" he asks.

You blink once. Twice. Just trying to comprehend what he just said and double checking with yourself to make sure what you heard is right. "What?" you ask, not wanting to answer just in case you did hear wrong.

He takes several steps towards you until he's a few inches away, his cedar wood cologne invading your senses as he repeats himself, his warm, minty breath fanning your face, "What do you want us to be?"

Okay he’s close. He’s super close. You can see the flecks of light brown swimming in his darker brown colored eyes. Taking in a deep breath, you answer, “I want to be more than what we are.” You said it. You did it—oh God you said it. What’s he going to say?

“Friends?” is his response to your statement. 

Is he testing you? Is that what he thinks you mean? You shake your head nevertheless. “More than friends,” you mumble, feeling smaller than you did when you first opened your mouth. 

He watches you. Searching for something you don’t know of. You can’t help but squirm, eyes shooting down to his black shirt as he looks at you for a moment. Finally, he answers, “Okay.” Your gaze is back to his again, shock clearly visible on your face. “If that’s what you want,” he adds.

“Is that what you want?” you ask him. 

He hums in response before he slowly leans in. Your breath catches in your throat as you see him get closer and closer before you close your eyes and wait. You’re going to kiss him again. You’re going to feel his warm, soft lips against your own— “The bus is coming,” he mumbles, and your eyes shoot open, head quickly turning to look behind you. The bus has its left blinker on as it slowly gets onto the road. You’re quickly running past him, never saying your ‘goodbyes’ as you run as fast as you can to the stop before the bus drives past it. To your luck, you make it before the bus does. As quickly as possible, you dig through your backpack for your bus pass as the bus driver notices you and pulls over and comes to a stop in front of you. 

The doors open and you smile gratefully as you step onto the vehicle. “Hello,” you tell him, taking in a deep breath after running the short distance suddenly. He greets you as you press your card to the scanner, hearing the satisfied beep, and make your way down the aisle and take the window seat just in front of the second door at the center of the bus. You’re putting your card back into your backpack when you hear the scanner go off, indicating that another person barely made it. The bus jerks forward as you zip your backpack up and someone sits next to you.

You look at the figure in surprise and realize it’s Yoongi. He settles into his seat, eyes forward as the bus skips the second stop, turning right onto the first cross. "Let's go on a date," he says, finally turning his attention on you. He looks so calm when he says it while it's most likely clear that you're in complete shock. "What do you have to do today?" he asks.

"I...um"—you swallow the lump in your throat—"I'm going to fill in my study guide for my test in a few weeks," you answer, hiding your hands under your backpack to clutch the straps tightly. Your heart is racing so hard right now.

"Let's go on a date after."

"I don't know how long it'll take for me to finish..."

"I'll wait," he replies as he looks ahead, seemingly not wanting to hear any more excuses.

For the rest of the ride you're lost in your thoughts on the entire scenario that played out within the last ten minutes. You try to hide the smile playing on your face, so you look out the window. The ride towards school is a quick one, only one stop was made before it comes to a stop at the final destination on campus and you follow Yoongi off the bus, walking out the door behind you.

You let out a shaky breath, trying to calm your excitement as you cross the small road and head towards the library entrance. The two of you are walking side by side down the pathway until you finally reach the building entrance. The outdoor seating is empty as Yoongi opens the glass door for you to enter first. You shyly thank him and enter inside. Pressing your hand to your chest, you feel the beating of your heart as if Yoongi being a gentleman is foreign to you. He’s done it before, but now it’s real in a sense. It’s not practice for you like it was before—it’s genuine. Yoongi is back at your side, and reaching the elevator lobby, you enter the stairwell and head down the stairs to the lower level study area.

Yoongi follows in tow, walking quietly as the two of you enter the rather empty room and you take the table under the skylight where the sun shines through the clouds and trees. Taking a seat, you try your best to hide the blush creeping when Yoongi sits next to you. And so, you try your best to focus on your study guide while Yoongi messes with his phone.

It's been a few hours when you finally finish answering all the questions. You put the guide away in your notebook, close it as well as your textbook and finally turn to Yoongi. He has one hand outstretched before him while the other is tucked under his head as he sleeps. You're lost in awe as you admire his beauty. He looks so peaceful; lips slightly parted, the tips of his jet black hair lie along his eyelids, and you can faintly see his back rise and fall with each breath he takes.

Your heart swells and you can't help but raise a hand and let your fingers brush the strands of his hair away from his eyes. His hair is softer than you thought it would be. Your hand lingers in his hair, brushing the strands away further back from his face before his eyes slowly open. Your hand is immediately back at your side, the color to your cheeks turning pink as you try and pretend you’re just packing up rather than staring at him for a few minutes. 

From your peripheral you can see Yoongi slowly sit up, stretching his arms before rubbing the sleep from his eyes. “Are you done?” he asks, voice croaky and gravelly. 

“Y-yeah.” You stutter, packing everything into your backpack. You’re clearly not looking calm with a few papers falling from the stack as you’re trying to put it in your binder, or your zipper getting stuck when you try to open your backpack, or even your hair continuously falling into your face no matter how many times you push it back, but either he doesn’t notice or he’s pretending not to. “Uh.” You clear your throat. “Did you still want to…” 

“You hungry?” he asks, saving you the struggle of trying to finish your sentence. You hum in response, letting out a quiet breath. It’s hard to play off like you’re not internally panicking. He rises to his feet, and you do the same, holding your bag in one hand. “Let’s go eat,” he voices, pushing his chair in and waits for you to follow before the two of you head upstairs. 

As you step out into the crisp, Saturday afternoon air, the once blue sky is gone and replaced with gray clouds. You slip your arms through the straps of your backpack as you put it on, attention turning to Yoongi as he tells you, “Let’s have sushi.” You agree, already imagining the taste of the rolls you’re going to consume as the two of you head in the direction of the food court. Yoongi walks alongside you, the two of you walking in a comfortable silence. It’s something you’re not used to in all honesty. He usually walks ahead when the two of you go somewhere together, and the rest of the time you’re trying your best to keep up. Now, however, he’s keeping at your pace and it makes your chest flutter and a smile trying desperately to appear on your face. You’ve never felt so happy and nervous at the same time.  

Reaching the food court, you see a few people sitting scattered at the tables working on their assignments or chatting with their friends. You follow Yoongi towards the Japanese stand where the line is empty. When you reach the register, the man smiles and asks, “What would you like to order?” Yoongi says his order then looks towards you. After a few blinks of confusion, you realize he wants you to add your order in as well. Telling the man your order, he totals up and takes Yoongi’s card who had it out already before you could even dig in your backpack for yours. 

You find a table at the corner of the building, isolated from everyone else. You take a seat against the wall while he takes the chair across from you. “You’re nervous,” he comments after a few seconds of silence. You open your mouth to answer, yet nothing is said. You close your mouth and look away in embarrassment. You finally have him, but you can’t help but feel like you don’t. That this could all be a dream. “Are you having second thoughts?”

You shake your head, suddenly all the words spilling, “I want to be with you. I just never expected for it to happen and I’m just…a mess.”

He watches you for a second before saying, “Okay.” His name is called and he leaves to retrieve your food. 

While the two of you eat, no words were really said. You can’t think of anything to say, and Yoongi seems to be distracted with his food. It takes about halfway being done with your plate that he finally strikes up a conversation. Sadly it’s about your summer, so you had to do a lot of dodging when it came to Hanbin. Would he get jealous? Angry? Will he ask what happened between the two of you? You’re not sure, but you’re not going to find out right now. 

During his summer, Yoongi tells you he spent most of his time working at his shop, mastering his producing skills, and hanging out with Hoseok when they’re both free. “A simple summer,” he explains, placing a roll in his mouth. 

When the two of you finish, you feel satisfied and happier to have spent a calming date with Yoongi. You remember the last time he took you out on one—well a practice one, but the two of you argued and the whole date was ruined. This one’s real, and so much better than any date you’ve been on. Throwing your box in the trash, you head out the building only to be met with heavy rain. You stand under the awning with the rain pouring and the campus empty as far as the eye can see. Yoongi sighs, “Guess we’re running.” Turning to look at him, he does the same before his hand grabs yours and pulls you out from under the awning, the two of you running. 

You cut through the Psychology building, getting a bit of protection from the rain before you’re running along the road towards the bus stop. You try your best to shield your eyes from the rain, but nothing you do helps, so you rely on Yoongi to lead the way. Your legs are burning by the time you reach the bus stop, the two of you hiding under the bus shelter with heavy breaths. Looking around you notice that no one is around. You’re guessing everyone left before the rain hit while you were oblivious to the possibility of it coming. You should have brought an umbrella or—

Yoongi cups your cheeks softly, bringing your attention to him. Looking at him you take in his features. The tips of his hair stick to his forehead, drops of water fall from it, his mouth slightly parted as his pants become lesser. No matter how he looks, he will always take your breath away. 

“I want to know that when I wake up tomorrow, I can see you and hold you without thinking this is a dream. I want to be more than friends, too.” 

You’d think you would have so much to say from his confession, but nothing comes to mind. So, you repeat what he said hours ago when you told him what you wanted, “Okay.” You’re surprised, and it may be evident on your face as you watch his eyes dart from side to side as if he’s searching for something you don’t know. You try your best to let him know that you want this, that you want to be with him more than anything, and you can only hope it gets through to him. It seems like it does as his eyes stop searching and he’s looking at you with a calm, confident look as he leans in, eyes closing and his lips gently press to yours. 

Your eyes come to a close as you kiss him back, feeling that unfamiliar, yet wonderful sensation you felt when he kissed you the first time—the fireworks, the dozens of butterflies swarming your stomach, and your heart racing faster than when Hanbin kissed you for the first time. Warmth over takes the cold as your lips brush along with familiarity, as if the two of you kissed a thousand times before. You want to enjoy the kiss for as long as you can, but he pulls back lightly, his warm breath blanketing your lips. Opening your eyes, you can see his soft gaze staring at you for a brief second before he kisses you one more time as the sound of a vehicle comes to a stop in front of you. 

You feel like you’re on cloud nine, like nothing in this world could break you down right now. The feeling of his kiss lingers on your lips, and you want nothing more than to lean forward and kiss him again. You just want to be lost in his lips. 

As the two of you separate from one another, the shuttle doors open and the two of you quickly get in. Taking a seat at the back, you sit next to the window and Yoongi beside you, taking your hand in his as he settles further into his seat and closes his eyes. 

You’ve never enjoyed a bus ride as much as you do right now, feeling his thumb brush along your skin as the driver comes and goes at the next two stops, no one else enters the shuttle. The rain continues to pour from outside, creating small puddles on certain parts of the street with cars zooming over them and creating a splash. Music is playing over the speaker, a faint soothing song against the overpowering rain and cars zooming by.

A while later the shuttle comes to a stop in front of the entrance to your dorm building, Yoongi’s eyes open and he gets up from his seat, your hand still in his as he leads you out of the vehicle. You thank the driver before the two of you are running across the parking lot and up the flight of stairs to the second floor door. You hide from the rain as Yoongi fishes out from his pocket his ID and presses it to the scanner. A beep is heard and he opens the door, letting you enter first. 

Walking down the hallway, you stop at your door, turning to Yoongi. He tucks your hair back behind your ear as he instructs, “Go get warm before you catch a cold.” You nod. “I’ll see you later.” 

As he turns to enter his room you grab his hand. He turns back around. “We’re a couple,” you say, your statement not sounding like a question like you wanted. He nods in response. “You’re my boyfriend,” you mutter, nervous for his answer. 

He chuckles, a smile you’ve never seen before appearing on his face. You forget how to breathe as you stare in awe at his simple yet bright smile. “I am.” He steps forward and places a kiss on your forehead. “Go inside,” he tells you, and you let his hand go and do as instructed. Pressing your ID to the scanner, he whispers, “Goodnight.” and you enter your room, the biggest smile on your face with cheeks as flushed as they can be. 

Ari drops everything she’s doing and listens to you as you tell her about the greatest date of your life. 

First Love | 20

Yoongi x reader | 18+ | college au | tattoo artist au | angst | fluff | swearing

Word: 3.8k

You first saw him in the multi-purpose room. Later learn his name, and on your third year, as he becomes your neighbor, you discover his lifestyle. Knowing your crush on him was nothing but that, you wanted to find the courage to look for love. Asking your friend for help, you’re pointed in the direction of the expert. Your neighbor, Min Yoongi

Chapter Index

“All you had to do was take a shower, but nooo, you wanted to talk for almost two hours and now look at you,” Ari begins, practically smacking your forehead with a wet cloth, “a gross looking person.” 

You sniffle, closing your eyes and trying your best to ignore your best friend. Yes she’s right, but you really don’t feel like hearing her for the eighth time today. So what can you do? She’s taking care of you, taking your temperature, giving you medicine to help with the fever and cough, and even getting your dinner for you. She truly is your best friend. 

“I’m sorry,” you whine, hoping that she’ll ease up on you finally. Those hopes are shot down immediately when she mocks you back, stuffing the thin sheet under your body like you’re a burrito. “Ari.”

“Go to sleep, I’ll have your dinner when you wake up,” she instructs, and you do as told, waiting for her to go back to her desk so you can unstuff yourself and sleep on your side, falling asleep almost immediately when you’re comfortable. 

You’re not sure how long you’ve been out so far, but you’re still completely tired when you hear Ari mumble rather loudly, “What? Where are you?” You shift in your bed as she whispers harshly, “I’ll be over right now.”

Opening your eyes to a squint, you watch as Ari grabs her wallet and phone before heading towards the door. You sit up on your elbow, asking, “Where are you going?”

She looks at you in surprise, hand clutching the door handle. “Hoseok told me the cafeteria only has two ice cream sandwiches left—you know how I feel about my ice cream,” Ari blurts out, face flushed. 

“Oh. Okay,” you mumble, lowering yourself back down. “Hope you make it in time,” you add.

She lets out an awkward laugh. “Yeah.” The door opens. “I’ll bring your dinner once I’m done.” And with that, she’s out the door, her footsteps loudly echoing the hall until you can no longer hear them. 

It doesn’t take long before you’re fast asleep, a few coughs waking you up every now and then until the feeling of fingers brushing along the side of your face, removing strands of hair away, fully wakes you up. You slowly open your eyes, letting them adjust to the brightness until they’re fully open and you see Yoongi standing next to your bed, his fingers stopping behind your ear. 

“Yoongi?” you ask, not believing your eyes and fever. 

“I brought your dinner,” he tells you, holding up a green, plastic food container. “You need to eat,” he includes, removing his hand from your face. 

You don’t really have an appetite, but when the delicious smell of chicken invades your senses, your stomach immediately lurches forward as if you haven’t eaten in months. You sit up, pushing your blanket off you as you cross your legs and lean against the wall your bed is against. Watching Yoongi climb onto your bed, he sits next to you, handing you one of the green food containers, the other remaining with him. 

Opening the container you’re greeted with all your favorites—chicken strips, French fries, a salad, and a snickerdoodle. Ari really knows how to give you the best even though she was mad at you hours ago. You let out a small smile as you grab your fork that was placed inside the container. You happily begin with your salad, saving the best for last—which is everything else. 

“If you feel like you can’t eat it, I brought you soup,” he tells you, watching you as you shove a forkful of salad in your mouth. You turn to look at him as you pull in what’s left of the salad sticking out of your mouth with your tongue. He lets out a low chuckle, shaking his head as he adds, “I’m pretty sure you’ll be fine eating it, but there’s still the soup if you want that as well.” 

Usually you’d be cautious with how you eat—well at least not eat like a pig, but you haven’t had anything besides soup for two days now. Your body is deprived of the good stuff, and you’ll definitely eat the soup after this. Here’s to hoping you don’t get sick from stuffing your face with all this food. As the two of you eat, Yoongi places his phone between the two of you and presses play to a video. 

You finish your salad, and begin on your favorites. You place a fry into your mouth, tasting the salt and the warmth as if it had just been made. It’s never tasted so good, but you’re about to down this whole thing right now.

“Slow down. You’re gonna choke,” Yoongi comments when you keep shoving fries in your mouth and not properly chewing the ones currently waiting to be consumed. You nod, slowly chewing your food before swallowing it and eating the rest of your dinner slowly. 

The rest of the dinner is a comfortable silence between the two of you as you eat your dinners and watch the video. You’re on your final chicken strip when from the corner of your eye, you watch Yoongi turn to look at you. He watches you for a moment before his hand moves up towards your face, the tips of his fingers brushing along your cheek before brushing strands of your hair back behind your ear. You can feel the heat rise in your cheeks and heart begin to race as his hand moves to your forehead, palm pressing against your skin.  

“You’re still burning,” he mumbles, moving his hand down to your neck. “How do you feel?” he asks, his hand leaving your warmed skin. 

Swallowing your last bite, you answer, “Tired and thirsty.” Yoongi reaches towards your desk next to him, handing you a white, plastic cup. You take it, muttering, “Thank you.” Pressing your lips to the lid, you tilt the cup and drink. Just like the food, water has never tasted so good. 

When you’ve finished all that you can, and the empty boxes are put away, you rest your back against the wall, watching the rest of the film. It doesn’t take long before your eyes grow heavy and you fall asleep.

Waking up the following morning, it takes you a minute to realize Yoongi’s back is to you in bed. He’s sound asleep on his side, the back of his hair disheveled, his soft snores can barely be heard over the sound of the air conditioning. Did he stay here the whole night? How was he comfortable the whole night on this twin sized bed with the both of you? 

Yet, even though you can’t see his face, his body looks so relaxed and comfortable. You can imagine what he looks like asleep—the memory from the library still fresh in your mind. His lips are slightly parted, long lashes fan over his rosy cheeks, tips of his hair resting along the lids of his eyes. 

You can’t believe he stayed the whole night. The thought of it makes your heart race, a grin spreading across your lips as you move forward and press your forehead against his back, burying your face. You lightly wrap your arm around his waist, trying your best not to wake up. However, you feel his hand grab yours, pulling it up close to his chest, interlocking his fingers with yours as best he can. Maybe it’s just your fever, but you feel warmer as the two of you stay like this for a while.

“You hungry?” he asks, voice raspy. You shake your head, wanting nothing more than to just enjoy this moment forever. “You should at least—” The sound of his phone chiming cuts him off. Releasing your hand, he fishes in his pocket before you hear the click of his phone unlocking and all is silent for a moment. Yoongi sighs after a few seconds before putting his phone back in his pocket. He takes your hand again, lifting it off him before sitting up and taking it in his other hand. He looks down at you, stating, “I have to go. Someone wants a piece done.” He rubs his thumb along your skin.

“You didn’t have to stay so late if you had work today,” you tell him, feeling guilty because he took care of you. 

He shakes his head in response. “They just came in today willing to pay double for me to come in and be their artist.” 

“Then you should hurry,” you tell him, sitting up in bed. You take in his features and you finally notice the bruise around his left eye and the small scab at the corner of his mouth. “Did I hit you in my sleep?” You reach out to touch his hurt lip, eyes going back up to his bruised eye. “I’m so sorry,” you whisper, guilt washing over you completely. 

Yoongi lets out a small chuckle, taking your other hand in his. “I was playing basketball with some friends and I wasn’t paying attention,” he answers, holding your hands as if he’s trying to put you at ease. You feel more relaxed knowing you didn’t punch him in your sleep last night, so you nod in reply. He releases your hands and cups your cheeks. “I’ll see you later, okay?” Letting out a hum in response, Yoongi leans in to kiss you, but is stopped when your hand is over your mouth. 

He looks at you in confusion. “I’m sick,” you mumble. He sighs, but says nothing and places a kiss on your forehead before hopping off your bed, putting on his shoes as he grabs his belongings and heads out the door. 

When the door closes, you can’t help but let out the biggest smile you can. You can’t believe Yoongi stayed all night with you. Maybe you should get sick more often.

Climbing out of bed, you begin to gather your clothes and caddie as you head towards the bathroom to shower. Before your hand reaches the handle, the dorm door opens with Ari waddling in. You watch her struggle with her backpack and several textbooks in hand. She smiles at you as she finally gets past the door. 

"Good morning, sunshine," she chimes, walking across the room towards you and placing her stuff on her bed across from you. "How'd you sleep? Did you sleep?" 

If you didn't have a fever, you're pretty sure you would be blushing right now. "We didn't do anything," you reply, holding your towel closer as if it will protect you from being seen. 

"Not yet."

"What about you?" you deflect. "Did you sleep last night?" 

Ari scoffs, "Of course not. We went at it for hours—"

"I'm taking a shower," you interrupt, grabbing the handle and pulling the door open quickly, hearing Ari laugh as you close the door behind you. 

You wring out the cloth, watching the water drops roll down your hands and into the sink before you make your way towards the occupied bed where Yoongi lies. Placing the cloth on his forehead, another wave of guilt hits you hard. You let him stay with you when you were sick, and now look at him. He looks just as bad as you did. 

“Do you want me to bring you some soup?” you ask, pressing the back of your hand to his neck. He’s still warm. 

He shakes his head, saying, “You shouldn’t be in here. You’ll catch a fever again.” 

“I’m the one who gave you this fever,” you counter. “It’s not fair to just let you take it on all on your own.” Yoongi chuckles, but soon after coughs. “See?” you begin, grabbing his bottled water and unscrewing the cap, handing him his drink, “your fever is worse than mine.” 

“You’re not sleeping here,” he tells you, not even bothering to open his eyes. 

“You’ll get Hoseok sick if he stays here with you,” you argue.

The door opens and you turn your head to see Hoseok enter the room. “Tell Y/N that she can’t stay here,” Yoongi says, catching Hoseok completely off guard. 

“What?” Hoseok asks, obviously confused by Yoongi’s sudden demand. 

“She’s trying to stay here even though she just got better.” 

“Sorry, Y/N,” Hoseok begins, tossing his gym bag on his bed, “Yoongi’s right.” 

“You’ll get sick if you stay here, too,” you tell him, hoping Hoseok will take your side. 

“Don’t worry, Y/N.” You watch as Hoseok makes his way over towards you, placing his hands on your shoulders. “He’ll be fine. Plus, Ari wants to do a double date, so you both need to be healthy.” He spins you around to face your boyfriend. “Now tell him goodnight,” he instructs. 

“Night,” you mumble, slightly mad that Hoseok isn’t backing you up. You got sick already and you gave it to him, so why can’t they let you take care of him?

Yoongi finally opens his eyes, taking your hand in his and rubbing his thumb across your skin. “I’ll see you when I’m not sick anymore,” he tells you, giving you a tired smile before Hoseok practically spins you around and pushes you out his room. 

“Bye Y/N—have a good day and we’ll see you later,” Hoseok rushes, opening the door and leading you out. You’re standing in the empty hallway as the door closes behind you. That’s new.

Letting out a quiet sigh, you walk up to your door and pull your ID out of your pocket, pressing it to the scanner and hearing the familiar unlocking sound. Opening the door you see Ari standing next to her desk, eyes turning away from the textbook in her hand to you. 

“Hoseok pushed him out of the room,” you tell her, still in slight shock by his sudden behavior. 

Ari chuckles, shaking her head. “He was having stomach pains earlier, so he probably didn’t want you hearing him cry or something.” 

Your brows raise in understanding. “Ohhh.” 

You make your way towards your desk, pulling out your chair as you take a seat and open your laptop, watching the black screen come to life. Unlocking the screen, Ari clears her throat. 

“So since you and Yoongi are finally a thing,” she starts, getting your attention, “Hoseok and I want to do a double date.” 

“A double date? Where?” you ask, leaning against your chair. 

“Your typical dinner and a movie,” she answers, closing her textbook and placing it on the only empty spot on her desk. “We’ll do the dinner first—nothing fancy, just a simple dinner back at the diner and then a movie.” 

“The diner?”

She grins. “Yeah. It’s the place where we had our first double date,” she informs, climbing onto her bed, resting on her stomach, facing you.

“It wasn’t a double date,” you quickly counter, hoping the blush forming on your cheeks isn’t obvious. 

“I don’t know,” she hints, “Yoongi was looking at you differently in the back seat that day.” 

“W-what?” Your blush is for sure obvious now. 

Ari laughs, propping her legs up like she’s some teenager talking with you about boys—technically you are, but the way she’s swaying her legs makes you feel like you’re sixteen. 

“I bet you a hundred bucks that Yoongi caught feelings for you back then. Maybe even before then,” she gushes, kicking her feet back and forth. 

“Well I’d for sure win because I don’t think he liked me back then,” you comment, turning your attention back to your computer. 

It takes Yoongi around a week for his fever to disappear and for you to finally see him again. You haven’t seen him yet, but you will see him in a bit as the four of you head towards the diner for your double date. 

Ari is double checking your make-up—the brush forming circles on your cheeks to blend the blush in. When she’s done, she takes a step back to admire her work. “You look amazing,” she tells you. “I should have gone to school for this rather than linguistics,” she sighs, shaking her head as she places the brush on her desk next to you. 

You chuckle, getting up from her desk chair and head towards the mirror to look yourself over. You spent hours trying to figure out what to wear. Should you go for something cute? Casual? 

You’ve been on a double date with Ari and Hoseok before, but that was with Hanbin. This time you’re with Yoongi, and Yoongi makes you feel completely different than Hanbin did. You’re nervous. Scared. 

“You look fine, Y/N,” Ari groans when she realizes you’re second guessing your outfit. You’re wearing a black sweater, blue jeans and sneakers. You look so plain, but Ari did say it’s a dinner at the diner and then a movie. You guys aren’t going anywhere fancy, so why are you stressing so much?

“I’m freaking out for some reason,” you confess. “More than I did with Hanbin.” 

“You had feelings for Hanbin, Y/N.” You watch your roommate from the mirror, her eyes focused on the small mirror on her desk as she applies mascara. “You have feelings for Yoongi, too, but this is different.” She looks at you through her mirror. “You’re in love with Yoongi.” 

Your heart races at the memory—words you have forgotten you even told him come flooding back. She’s right. When you dated Hanbin, you had feelings for him, but now that you’re dating Yoongi—this is even before you started dating him, you fell in love with him… when did you fall in love with him?

When did your heart decide that it’s no longer a crush but something more?

“Okay I’m done,” Ari says, interrupting your thoughts. She gets up from her seat and turns to you. “Ready to go?”

“Y-yeah,” you stutter, swallowing the lump in your throat as you walk to your bed and grab your bag and phone. 

Following your best friend out the room, Hoseok and Yoongi have just stepped into the hallway. Their gaze meets yours, and for a second the world around you disappears. He looks the same, but you feel like it’s the first time you’ve seen him all over again. 

You’re in the MPR on move in day three years ago. You’re standing in the corner with Ari, the room filled with students from your floor are talking to one another, waiting for the RAs to begin the meeting. 

Ari is talking about a couple of cute people in the room—some tall, short hair, long hair, beards, and so on, but you’re not listening. You happen to look across the room and see him leaning against the wall. Strands of his black hair are peaking through his cap, just grazing along his forehead. His expression is bored, eyes cast to the ground in front of him. The person next to him is talking, but just like you, he’s not listening. He’s in his own world.

However, he finally looks up and towards the front where the RAs finally begin the meeting. Your eyes never stray from his direction. You feel as though you’ve been captivated. The world around you is going silent, the only thing you can see is him. You’ve never felt this way before—never had your heart beat so fast, breath catch in your throat, it’s weird.

“Are you staring at your future boyfriend?” Ari asks, causing you to jump and finally look at her. 

“What?” you mutter, heat rising in your cheeks. 

Your new roommate chuckles, looking back towards the front. “We’ll talk about it in the room,” she says, a smile still on her face. 

You look towards the front, hoping your cheeks aren’t as red as you think they are. However, your eyes drift over towards the stranger again, but as your eyes land on him, you realize he’s looking at you. 

It’s strange. For that brief moment, the world lights up around him and you forget where you are. And as you said, it was a brief moment because you immediately look away when you realize he’s looking at you.

Maybe, just maybe, it was that moment you fell in love with him without even knowing you did. 

“Ready to go?” Hoseok asks, holding his hand out towards Ari.

She happily takes it and replies, “We are.” They make their way down the hall and you follow, but you’re stopped short when you feel Yoongi grab your wrist. You look back to him, his eyes already on you. You swear your heart skipped a beat. 

“We’ll be there in a sec,” he tells the other two, and you look back towards them, watching them as they stare at you in confusion for a second. Then it seems they understand faster than you do. 

“Okay,” Ari answers, looking to you with a teasing like smile. 

The two turn back around and continue down the hall and out the door, leaving just you and Yoongi in the hallway. Finally, you turn to look at him and ask, “Is everything okay?” 

“I just needed a moment with you,” he replies, pulling you back towards him as he digs in his pocket and pulls out his ID. He presses it to his scanner and opens the door, pulling you in with him. The room is dark, but you can still see the outlines of the room. 

When the door closes, you’re pushed up against it, Yoongi pinning you. You can feel his breath hitting your lips. “I don’t think I can wait until we’re alone,” he tells you. 

You understand what he means and say nothing but press your lips to his with the need that’s been building up since you last kissed him. Yoongi doesn’t hesitate to kiss you back, cupping your cheeks. Your heart is racing as the two of you kiss with urgency. His mint breath invades your nostrils, his breathing heavy as his lips move along yours. 

You grab onto his shirt, pulling him closer to you, wanting to feel as much heat as possible. Yoongi understands your need and presses himself against you, pinning you completely against the wall, his hands leaving your face and going to your waist. 

His tongue brushes along your lower lip. You comply with his need, opening your mouth for his tongue to explore. Your tongues dance along with each other, exploring new territory. Yoongi’s hands travel under your sweater, his warm fingers brushing along your skin, sending a chill throughout your body. 

You let out a small gasp, body feeling warm all over, wanting more. You begin to lift his hoodie, ready for whatever is about to happen, but Yoongi pulls back lightly, the tips of his fingers no longer on your skin. 

“‘They’re waiting for us,” he gasps, lips brushing along yours as he spoke. 

You don’t care. You want to stay right where you are. You want him.

First Love | 21

Yoongi x reader | 18+ | college au | tattoo artist au | angst | fluff | smut | fingering | oral | swearing

Word: 2.6k

You first saw him in the multi-purpose room. Later learn his name, and on your third year, as he becomes your neighbor, you discover his lifestyle. Knowing your crush on him was nothing but that, you wanted to find the courage to look for love. Asking your friend for help, you’re pointed in the direction of the expert. Your neighbor, Min Yoongi

Chapter Index

“Yoongi,” you choke, shutting your eyes as he sucks on your skin, swirling his tongue along the sensitive area. He focuses on a new spot on your neck, closer to your ear. “Yoongi,” you repeat, this time your tone not wavering from the sensation you’re feeling.

Finally, he pulls himself away from your slowly bruising neck. He says nothing as he stares down at you, waiting for you to tell him whatever you’re going to tell him. Even though things have gotten heated before, you can’t help but look away and blush. 

“People will see what you do to my neck,” you mutter. 

“Then I’ll go lower,” he plainly tells you.

Your eyes dart back to him immediately. “Lower?”

He sits up, his hands going to your shirt, and he slowly unbuttons it, eventually revealing your bra. “Lower,” he whispers, leaning down, kissing your neck, slowly making his way down until he reaches your breasts. Your heart races, mind in a whirlwind. You can feel his fingers trace along your exposed skin, his tongue brushing along his mark. 

Ever since the movie theater, it seems the two of you always try to find a moment to be alone. In the beginning it was small kisses every so often, but as you became more confident, the more the sweet kisses turned into tongues dancing with one another, hands traveling—but never far even though you want him to. 

Now Yoongi is going further than ever, and you’ve never been so excited and scared at the same time. Will it go further than him teaching you how hickeys are made? Will it lead to him teaching you about sex even though you’re no longer new in that department? What will he do? What do you want him to do?

“I can go further down,” he interrupts your thoughts, eyes meeting each other. When you open your mouth, no words come out. What does he mean? “I can go here,” he tells you, voice raspy as you feel his hand touch your inner thighs. 

“If you don’t want my mouth there, what about my fingers here?” he asks, his fingers barely touching your core. 

Your body can’t help but flinch from the small, sudden sensation. “Please,” you whisper, trying to not sound as anxious and desperate as you really are. 

Yoongi presses his lips to yours, no hesitation to bite your lip and push his tongue into your mouth as his fingers travel under your sweats and underwear. You inhale sharply when you feel his fingers follow the trail between your folds. You spread your legs wider for him to get better access, excitement spreading through you as his fingers travel up and down, teasing you. 

You let out a small moan when his fingers find your bud, forming small circles. “Yoongi,” you quietly moan as his mouth leaves yours, traveling back down to your breasts to leave his mark. Your mind is no longer in control, hips moving to the movement of his fingers, ready to build up the sensation you haven’t felt in a while. However, Yoongi stops his motion, leaving you helpless. His fingers travel down until they’re at your entrance. 

His first digit enters slowly and you exhale, the foreign feeling causes your back to arch. Yoongi pulls his finger back out and then pushes it back in, helping your body get familiar again with the feeling. He spends a couple of minutes of using just one finger before you feel a second digit join as he pushes back in. You let out a shaky breath, eyes closed as you enjoy the feeling, wanting something more. 

Yoongi takes notice of something and separates his mouth from your bruised colored breast and brings his lips to your ears. “Why are you so quiet?” he asks. “You weren’t this quiet at the party, or on our last lesson.” 

Yoongi curls his fingers, your body flinching. “Yoongi,” you whimper, clutching onto his hoodie. 

“I want to hear you,” he demands, thrusting his finger faster and curling them to hit your perfect spot. 

“Please,” you beg, knuckles practically turning white. 

“Let me hear you.” 

You release your grip on his hoodie, taking a hold of his cheeks and pushing his head back just enough for you to press your lips against them, letting out the moan he desires. You hope your moans are muffled enough for no one to hear. 

You can feel him smirk against your lips, thrusting his fingers even faster. Your legs shake from the sensation, your build up getting higher and closer. He doesn’t stop, he doesn’t slow down until you break the kiss, trying to stop yourself from moaning as loudly as you do. 

“Yoongi—please,” you beg, but you’re not sure whether you’re begging him to go faster, or to slow down because you’re coming and you’re coming way too quickly. 

“Your walls are closing,” he comments, curling his fingers, earning a whimper from you. 

Your back arches, toes curl and hands clutch onto his blanket as you ride out your orgasm. When your body no longer shakes, Yoongi removes his fingers, your body slightly flinching. His hand is completely removed from your sweats, leaning back to sit up on his knees. Sitting up, you watch him grab a small towel, your eyes traveling down to his now noticeable bulge in his own sweats.

Your hand reaches out, lightly touching his hardened bulge. Eyes traveling back up, Yoongi is staring down at you, eyes seeming darker than they were moments ago. “I don’t want to take it all the way yet,” he confesses, and you feel comfort in that. Even though your mind is jumbled, you don’t think you’re ready yet either. 

You shake your head in response, adding, “I… I just want to touch you,” you mumble, wanting nothing more than to look away from his intense filled gaze, but wanting to look firm and confident. However, you're pretty sure you don't. It's hard to look confident when he's staring at you with such a gaze you've never seen before. It's hard to keep eye contact with him. 

"Is that what you want?" he asks, voice deeper and raspy. 

You get to your knees, mustering all the courage to keep your gazes locked with him as your hand goes to his clothed member. Yoongi takes in a sharp breath as your hand moves along his member. "It is," you reply in a whisper, searching his dark eyes for confirmation to continue. 

Yoongi responds with his lips roughly moving against yours, tongue wanting access immediately. You give him access he wants as your hands go to his band of his sweats, pushing them down just enough for his length to spring free. 

You think back to when you were alone with him in his room. You were learning about the penis and how to give a handjob. You remember the way he looked when your hand moved up and down on him, the way his breathing hitched—how he encouraged and begged you to move your hand a certain way. 

You do as you were taught now, hearing his breathing go heavy, hands clutching onto your hair as he breaks the kiss. "Fuck," he whispers. 

"Lie down," you instruct, watching him as he opens his eyes and meets your own intense gaze. He nods and you move aside as he does as told, lying on his back. Sitting between his legs, your hand goes back to his girth, continuing your movements. 

He lets out a long breath, eyes closed as he enjoys your hand, but you want more. You want his hands in your hair, clutching it as you give him more pleasure than you did the first time you touched him. You want your mouth to give him his release the way his did during your first lesson. Remembering everything Hanbin taught you, and finding the courage to do more, you lean down. 

You stick your tongue out, licking his tip lightly. Yoongi twitches, and both your eyes meet in lustful stares. The way he's watching you makes you want to do more, and so you do. Lowering your head further down, you run your tongue up his shaft, earning a groan from him as his head falls back onto his pillow. The sounds coming out of his mouth encourages you to do more. 

You take him into your mouth, pushing your head down as far as you can, and all the wishes you had earlier begin to happen. Yoongi's hand finds its way to your hair, holding it tightly as you slowly bob your head up and down. 

"Y/N," he grunts as your head moves up, tongue swirling around his pulsing member. "Fuck." You're getting excited, the groans and moans, the way he says your name and the pleas leaving his mouth makes you go faster. As you do go faster, the sounds and words leaving his mouth become more than that. Yoongi thrusts his hips to meet you. All the sounds leaving him and the sounds that your mouth is creating is exciting you more than you thought. 

You want more. You want to go further than this. You want to feel him in you, your hands clutching his sheets or nails leaving its mark on his back. The sound of skin slapping, the smell of sex evident in the room. You want it all with him. You want Yoongi. 

You're suddenly pulled away from his shaft, gasping heavily as Yoongi sits up and kisses you roughly, his hand grabbing yours and bringing it between you two to finish what your mouth started. Your hand moves in quick movements, keeping your pace fast as your tongue dances with Yoongi's. He grunts into your mouth as you feel his warm seed falling onto your hand. 

The two of you say nothing as Yoongi pants, his hands still cupping your cheeks. Finally, you break the silence and say, "Yoongi." He leans back and looks you in your eyes. "I want you," you confess. 

He's silent for a moment, his expression hard to read. "Let's stay at the beach this weekend," he answers. 

You frown in confusion. "The beach?"

"I want you, Y/N." He caresses your cheek with his thumb. "So badly," he adds. "But I don't want it to be here—I don't want people thinking you're just another girl because of my reputation. You're more than that." His thumb brushing along your lower lip. "Plus, you won't be loud enough if it's in here." 

You can feel the blush spread across your cheeks as you look away.

"We should go camping during break," Hoseok states as he puts his textbook in his backpack.

"Yeah!" Ari agrees, standing up from her chair. "We didn't go last year like we said, but since you two are finally a couple"—she points to you—"we can actually go!" 

"To that same place Hoseok mentioned last time? The one his friend owes him?" you ask as you get to your feet as well, slipping your bag over your shoulder. 

"That's the one," Hoseok answers. "He said I can use my IOU another time, so this is the time." 

"It sounds like fun," you acknowledge, following Hoseok and Ari out of the food court. 

Ari wraps an arm around your shoulder. "It will be fun," she tells you. "We'll explore a little, build snowmen and have snowball fights. Get cozy by the fire and have hot chocolate," she lists as the two of you file behind Hoseok and ride the escalator down.

"All you have to do, Y/N," Hoseok begins, "is convince Yoongi to come."

"He doesn't like camping?" you ask as you step off the escalator.

"It's not that he doesn't like camping per se," Hoseok starts, walking alongside you, "He's just the kind of person who prefers work than having fun, but because he has you now, he can't say no."

"Yeah," Ari inputs. "Plus, who would say no to this cute face." She squeezes your cheek. 

You swat her hand away, rubbing your aching cheek. "I'll try and convince him, but if he's a workaholic, then I don't think I'll do much convincing," you say, the three of you stopping near the bus stop, waiting for the bus or shuttle to show up.

"He'll say yes, Y/N. He's acting different with you than he has with any other girl. I think you have an effect on him that no other person has," Hoseok tells you, as he points to a bus coming down the small road. "Here comes our bus." 

Following Hoseok to the bus, you try your best to hide the smile growing on your lips. You wonder if what Hoseok said is true. Is he different around you than when he was around different girls? You shake your head of those thoughts, stepping onto the bus and press your pass to the scanner. Following your friends to the back, you take a seat next to Ari. 

The ride to the dorms is quite talkative—mainly Ari talking about all the things you four will do when you get to the cabin. She's practically making a list in her head as you and Hoseok just listen, commenting every now and then. 

"I'm so excited," Ari squeals, clapping her hands once as the bus turns onto the street where your dorm's bus stop is. She looks to you and adds, "We should go shopping for snow gear and stuff. It doesn't snow here so we need to prepare." 

You can't help but chuckle. "Okay." 

As the bus pulls to a stop, the three of you stand and follow the small line of students off the vehicle. Ari and Hoseok begin talking about midterms, their stress rising before it even starts. As you walk up the stairs to your building, Hoseok presses his ID to the scanner and opens the door for you and Ari to enter. 

"Forget midterms right now—Y/N you should convince Yoongi now so that we don't have to do it later," Hoseok says as the three of you make your way down the hall to your rooms. 

"Is he here?" you ask.

"Yeah. He said he wasn't going anywhere today. He's probably drawing or making music." Hoseok presses his ID to his door's scanner, the familiar unlocking sound filling the silence before he opens the door and your heart drops. 

The two break apart, but their lips pressed against one another invades your thoughts. Yoongi looks surprised while Sam looks confused. You can hear Ari saying something, but you can’t hear her. You can’t hear anything but the rapid beating of your heart.

Hoseok is a liar.

Ari is a liar.

Yoongi is a liar.

You turn to leave, wanting nothing more than to get away from everyone. Get away from everything—all the lies, the looks of affection, the touches you two shared when you’re alone. It’s all fake—none of it was ever real.

You’re halfway across the parking lot heading towards the bus stop when you’re stopped. You turn around to see Yoongi panting, holding onto your wrist. “It’s not what you think,” he tells you in between breaths. 

Lies. 

“Liar,” you whisper. 

“Y/N—” 

“I’m different from them, huh?” Yoongi is quiet. “You know, I really thought you were different now—that being with me would change how people see you.” He remains quiet. “But you’re still the same guy that sleeps with every girl. Just looking for a distraction from her.” You can feel Yoongi’s grip on your wrist slacken. “I can’t believe I fell in love with a guy like you,” you confess, wiping away your tears. “I’m so stupid.” You pull your hand from his grasp, turn back around and leave.

“I love you,” he calls, and you stop. 

He’s lying.

He’s lying to you.

You continue forward.

The String that Binds Us

Jungkook x reader | pg 13 | oneshot | bangtanarmynet event | soulmate au | florist au | strangers to lovers | angst | fluff | swearing | mentions of cheating

Word: 1.6k 

prompts: ◦ "have you ever kissed someone in the rain?" ◦ on a spring morning, A notices something; a red string attached to their finger. where will it lead them?

In a world where memories are stored in a phone, creating them is just as easy as deleting them

Jungkook adjusts the vase full of sunflowers on the counter, trying his best not to look at the flowers fully. He hates sunflowers. Everything about them makes him want to throw them across the room. To just completely throw them out of the shop, but Seokjin won’t allow him to do that. No matter how much he loathes them. 

The gloves make his palms sweaty and itchy, his fingers getting the only kind of freedom of air. He wants to take them off, but he doesn’t want to see the red string on his finger. He wants nothing to do with it. 

“Quit staring at the sunflowers if you’re just going to look at them like they’re the ugliest thing in the world,” he can hear Seokjin say from behind him. Jungkook finally turns his attention away from the flowers and towards the shop owner and his friend. “There are plenty of other flowers that need tending to,” Seokjin adds, placing his clipboard next to the register on the counter. 

“Then can you stop asking me to tend to those?” he mumbles, jabbing his thumb towards the flowers. 

Seokjin deadpans, answering, “You’re supposed to tend to all the flowers. Not just the ones you like.” Jungkook can’t hide his face of dissatisfaction as he makes his way towards the back of the shop to take care of the other flowers. “Don’t blame the flowers for reminding you of her,” Seokjin asserts, causing Jungkook to stop in his tracks.

“It would be much easier to forget her if there weren't sunflowers everywhere in this shop! They’re not even in bloom—why do you have them?” Jungkook argues, whirling around on his friend.

“Because people love sunflowers. Don’t blame them for your mistake. If you want the constant reminder to stop, then erase her from your memory, but you won’t,” Seokjin counters, stepping in front of the counter and leans against it, “because you fucked up, Jungkook, not her.” 

The pang of guilt pierces through Jungkook’s heart. The guilt and pain he’s been dealing with since you erased him from your memory. Hell, since before that. When he fell for someone else when he was with you. He fucked up. He ruined his whole future with you. He hates himself more than anything, and he loves you more than anything in this world.

Yet he cheated on you.

And you found out.

And you erased all memories of him from your phone, erasing any memory you saved of him. 

Jungkook grabs the apron off the hook, putting it on himself as he gets ready for work. Seokjin called him at the crack of dawn for him to come in to work today. As much as Jungkook didn’t want to come in, it’s money that he needs. So here he is. 

He puts his keys and phone in his box, grabbing his name tag and pinning it to his apron on the right side of his chest. Making his way out of the backroom, Jungkook feels a tug at his finger, his hand jerking forward. He looks down to see a red string tied to his index finger.

When did that get there? Did his finger get caught in a string that was in his apron? 

Grabbing the end of the string, Jungkook pulls at it, expecting it to come undone, but it doesn’t. He frowns in confusion, pulling at the string again, yet it remains wrapped around his finger. 

“What the hell is this?” he mumbles, eyes following the string leading across the shop and through the door. “What the fu—”

A hand grabs a hold of Jungkook’s wrist, causing his attention to turn away from the strange red string to see Jimin staring at Jungkook’s hand with wide, excited eyes. “Holy shit, Kook. Your soulmate’s been found,” he says with more excitement than Jungkook has ever seen in his friend. 

“Soulmate? What are you talking about?” he questions, bringing his arm back to him from the grip of his friend. 

“Dude, the red string ties you to your soulmate! Everyone has it—you’ve never heard of it before?” Jimin’s gaze goes from his finger to Jungkook’s confused gaze. 

“No.” 

Jimin pats Jungkook’s back with a loud smack. “Go follow the string. Obviously your soulmate wants to find you if the string is tugging.” When Jungkook doesn’t budge, obviously cautious in this sudden change, Jimin adds, “It’s okay to be scared, Kook. It’s sudden and new, but when you meet them, everything will click.” 

Jungkook isn’t scared—at least he isn’t going to admit to it, but he’s more confused than anything. However, no matter how much his gut is telling him to not go, Jungkook walks across the shop and out the door towards you

He never felt so happy to have met you. He fell in love almost instantly. You’re everything he could ask for in a soulmate, but he lost it all in a moment. 

He hates himself. 

He hates how weak he was to have been swayed to be with someone else. 

The memory of you finding out invades his memory so clearly. It’s like a storm in his head—the look in your eyes, the way they held so much pain and confusion. The tears that rolled down your cheeks and the way your body shook with so much anger. 

Y/N! Hey—waitwaitwaitwaitwait.” He grabs your wrist, stopping you from taking any more steps. You turn to look at him, and his heart drops. There’s no love in your eyes. There’s no sign of any affection for him in your beautiful, glossy eyes. “It’s not—” 

“It’s exactly what it looks like, Jungkook,” you interrupt in an aggrieved tone, and he hates it. “Why did you do it?”

“I…” He doesn’t know in all honesty. He doesn't know why he kissed her, or even slept with her. She’s different? A breath of fresh air—different air. How does he describe that he’s been with you for so long that he feels like he’s stuck? Like he’s just following what life tells him to do?

“I don’t know,” he whispers, his grip on your wrist loosening. 

You jerk your hand from his weak hold, eyes full of hate. “I never want to see you again.” 

The next time he saw you… you…

A lump in Jungkook’s throat forms, forcing him to swallow it down. You deleted any photos of him so easily. It’s like you had no hesitation whatsoever when removing him from your memory and life. 

How could you—how could he do that to you? 

Someone so beautiful, caring, and perfect for him. Yet he fucked up so easily. He hates himself. He wishes he never met you, fell in love with you, hurt you. 

“I know I fucked up,” Jungkook finally admits, grabbing a box full of lilacs that need to be displayed in an empty spot. “I’m reminded everyday of it.” 

Seokjin is quiet for a moment. Jungkook can feel his eyes on him as he works. Finally, Seokjin breaks the silence with a sigh. “It’s never too late to move on, Kook. Yes you made a mistake, but that doesn’t mean you don’t deserve to be happy.” 

He’ll be happy if he can just forget you. He’ll be happy if he can erase every trace of you from his memory. He’ll be happy if he never meets you again. 

It’s raining hard, the two standing under the awning of the shop, watching and waiting for the rain to stop. It’s silent between the two of you, no words are spoken. He’s shy to say anything. He wonders if you’re shy like he is. 

“Have you ever kissed someone in the rain?” you suddenly ask, breaking the silence.

Jungkook turns to look at you in complete shock, but when you look at him, you’re curious and… blushing. He clears his throat and answers, “I haven’t.” 

You don’t say anything for a moment, but then you finally ask, “Would you like to?”

That kiss… that kiss is something so different. Butterflies erupt in his stomach, sparks fly, and so much more. He’s never felt so happy to have kissed you that day in the rain.

Happy. 

Jungkook stops his task, numbly making his way towards the back room. “Jungkook,” he hears Seokjin call after, his footsteps echoing behind him. “Is this what you really want?” Jungkook stands in front of his box, grabbing his phone and unlocking it. 

“I want to be happy.” He goes to his photos, the file that has haunted him for months mocks him. He presses his finger against the file, his phone vibrating for a moment before options are displayed before him. The delete button calls to him. Giving him the world he wants to live in. “I want…” 

Jungkook presses delete. 

“Kook?”

Jungkook turns his attention away from his phone and looks to his friend. “Yes?” 

“Are,” Seokjin begins, shifting his weight from one leg to the other, “are you okay?”

Jungkook frowns in confusion. “Yeah. Why?”

His friend shakes his head in reply. “No reason.” The bell chimes from the shop. “Welp, time to work,” he chuckles, awkwardly, turning away from him and leaving the room. “Welcome—” Seokjin stops at the doorway, frozen. 

Jungkook cocks his head, locking his phone and placing it back in his box before walking up to his boss. He looks to Seokjin then past him, at a girl who is looking at sunflowers. She finally looks up and towards the two of them, her eyes bright and shining like sunflowers. 

So many emotions whirl within Jungkook and he has no idea why, but what shocks him the most is when there’s a sharp pain in his chest and tears roll down his cheeks.

First Love | 22

Yoongi x reader | 18+ | college au | tattoo artist au | angst | fluff

Word: 2k

omg hey it’s my birthday

You first saw him in the multi-purpose room. Later learn his name, and on your third year, as he becomes your neighbor, you discover his lifestyle. Knowing your crush on him was nothing but that, you wanted to find the courage to look for love. Asking your friend for help, you’re pointed in the direction of the expert. Your neighbor, Min Yoongi

Chapter Index

You’re not sure how long you’ve been on the bus, but you know it’s been long enough when the driver stops and tells you it’s his last stop. You look at him then out the window onto an unknown location. You get up from your seat, grabbing your belongings, but there’s nothing to grab. 

When did you drop your backpack? Did Ari grab it? Where are you?

You exit the bus, mumbling a “thank you” to the driver before stepping onto the sidewalk, eyes scanning the area around you. You’re standing in front of a bank that is closed, the lights inside showing an empty building. On the right side of the bank is a diner that’s still open, its neon pink lights shining brightly in the night sky, telling you it’s your shelter until you can get back to the dorms. 

Pulling out your phone from your pocket—grateful you managed to take it with you, you unlock the screen, go to your contacts, and click on Ari’s contact, the phone dialing her number. It only takes a few rings before you hear Ari’s frantic voice.

“Y/N? Where are you? Are you all right?” 

Just the sound of her voice breaks you. You let out a quiet sob, your head dropping as you tell her, “I messed up, Ari. I should have let him tell his side of the story—I shouldn’t have said those mean things to him, but he loves her.” You hiccup. “She’s his first love and I wouldn’t blame him if he wanted her back, but I don’t want that. I don’t know what to do.” 

“Y/N…” Ari sighs. “Where are you?” Your eyes scan up and down the street until you find a street sign, telling her where you are before she adds, “I’m heading over now. Get some dinner while you wait.” 

Ending your call, you wipe away your tears, and make your way towards the building. You enter the somewhat empty diner, the waitresses scurrying back and forth with orders, coffee for the late night drivers, and everything else. Looking along the booths, you take an empty table towards the middle. 

What is going on? What’s going to happen tomorrow? Is it all over?

You almost break down again, but a hot cup of what smells like hot chocolate is placed in front of you. You look up to see an elderly woman looking down at you with a warm smile on her face. “You look tired, sweetie.”

You give her a weak smile as you answer, “I’m very tired.”

“Long day at school?” Blowing at the hot liquid, you nod before taking a small sip. It’d be easier to tell her it’s school rather than a boy. “The hot chocolate is on the house. Can I get you anything else?” 

“We’ll have two orders of chicken strips,” you hear Ari say in your place, your eyes traveling from the elderly woman to your best friend who just entered the diner and takes a seat across from you. “To-go please.” 

“Got it, sugar.” The waitress leaves you two and heads towards the counter. 

“You got here so fast,” you comment, surprised to see her already even though the two of you got off the phone less than five minutes ago. 

“I was already looking for you. When you called, it turns out I was only down the street,” Ari tells you, resting her elbows on the table, leaning forward just a bit. “Now there’s a lot that happened today, Y/N. I’m not going to tell you what you should and should not do because it’s all up for you to decide. The only thing I’m going to tell you is to process everything.” 

You sigh in response, resting your head in your hands. “That’s a lot to process,” you confess. “Walking in on your boyfriend kissing his ex is not what anyone would expect.” You wipe at your eyes, realizing tears are forming again. “Dating someone who has a reputation of sleeping with people—I can’t believe I told him that.” Everything you told him comes flooding back to you. 

You feel guilty. Angry. Confused. 

“Talk to him. Tell him everything you’re feeling and just see what happens,” she tells you, her tone sounding encouraging. “Just talk to him, Y/N. When you’re ready,” she adds. 

You nod, wiping your eyes again before looking up to her. “Let’s talk about something else,” you say, hoping she can easily change the subject. Distract you from everything. 

“When we get to the dorm, let’s watch that new movie I was talking about. I bought a projector, so we can watch it on an even bigger screen,” she tells you, clearly happy to have bought the projector just for watching movies more comfortably. 

You let out a tired laugh. “We should get shakes, too, while we’re here.” 

Ari grins. “That’s my girl.” 

It takes ten minutes for everything to be in your possession. Ari pays mainly because you left your money in your backpack, but you promised to pay her back. She argues with you that you’re not going to, but you’re persistent in paying for your half. 

A short ride later, you’re sitting comfortably in your bed with your food displayed in front of you. A blue screen is projected on the white wall above the mirror closet while Ari gets her phone connected to start the movie. It takes her a few minutes, but she finally got the movie playing and food is being devoured almost immediately. 

Today is a lot to handle, but tomorrow you’ll talk to him and get the answers you deserve. 

You’ve never avoided Yoongi so much like you have now. You told yourself that you would talk to him the next day, but the second you open your door, he opens his and you immediately close your door. It might not have even been Yoongi, but you didn’t want to take that chance to see. 

It seems like you’re not ready. You’re not ready for his answer, or for your embarrassment if it really is a misunderstanding. You’re just not ready, and you wonder if you’ll ever be ready. You can’t drag it on like this, but you want to take all the time you need to find that courage to face him. 

You’re a mess. Plain and simple your head is a mess and your emotions are definitely a mess.

“That’s all for today,” your professor tells you, interrupting you from your thoughts. Grabbing your belongings, you place them in your backpack, get up from your seat, and follow your classmates out the door. 

You make your way out of the department building and head up the sidewalk towards the higher grounds of campus. Your next class starts in fifteen minutes, and it only takes you about a minute to get from point A to point B, but you just want to take a seat and just focus on anything that isn’t your problem. 

You round the corner of the building where your next class is. Off into the distance is the bus stop where a bus comes to a stop, the doors opening and people exiting the vehicle. You reach your classroom door when you see her. She’s stepping off the bus, laughing at something someone said. She looks so carefree and unbothered while you’re dying on the inside. 

Why? 

Why is she so calm and happy about all this while you’re the one he’s dating? She’s the one who ruined everything. She’s the one who can’t keep her hands and mouth to herself. She’s the one—what if he called her over?

What if he wanted it just as much as she did? What do you do about that? What if you’re still the distraction, or the bait and Sam happened to fall for it and want him back just as much as he’s wanted her since they broke up? What if you mean absolutely nothing to him?

Sam is long gone from your sights, but her smile is imprinted in your thoughts. You want to cry again. You want to cry so badly. 

Screw class. You just want to go back into bed and forget this ever happened. Forget you ever met him or her. You walk past the classroom door and head towards the bus stop Sam had just left. Maybe luck is blessing you this once because your bus pulls to a stop just as you reach the sidewalk. You pull out your card, enter the bus, and after hearing the familiar beep you make your way down the aisle and take a seat near the back door. 

A few seconds later the doors close and the bus takes off. You stare out the window trying to think of anything that isn’t Yoongi or Sam, but your thoughts are fragile. There’s nothing to think about when their presence is so strong and you don’t have the strength to push them out of your thoughts. So, you close your eyes and open them every now and then to make sure you don’t miss your stop.

When the bus comes to a stop at the back of the dorm building, you thank the driver as you get off. The gate opens as a car leaves the parking lot, blessing you again with luck so that you don’t have to struggle with the door. You take your trip across the back parking lot and up the stairs to your floor. Pressing your ID to the scanner, the door opens automatically, the hall empty as you enter. 

You can’t wait to take off your shoes, toss your backpack somewhere where you can’t see it, lie in bed and take the biggest nap of your life. By the time you wake up, Ari should be back by then and the two of you can go grab dinner with Hoseok if he’s free. Just a nice, relaxing rest of the day. When you enter your room, you toss your backpack and shoes, change your clothes into something more comfortable and lie in bed. It honestly feels like seconds before you fall asleep. Seems like you’re way more tired than you thought. 

When you wake up, it’s not because Ari just came in like you thought. You wake up on your own, surprised to see that light in the room has dimmed to a pink hue. How long have you been sleeping? It was only supposed to be an hour max. Your hands roam around on your bed for a few moments before you feel your phone. Tapping the screen, the clock on the screen tells you that you’ve been asleep for around three hours. You’re surprised to have slept for so long, but you’re also surprised to not see Ari in the room. 

Sending her a quick text, you climb out of bed and slip on your shoes. You use the restroom, wash your face to wake you up, and grab your ID along with your phone and make your way out of your room. You’re hungry and Ari may be eating with Hoseok on campus or something, so you’re on your own. Thankfully you can just grab your food to-go and come back to your room where you can watch something on your computer and enjoy your food. 

When you open the door, his door has just closed with him standing in front of it. The two of you make eye contact. You’re frozen in place, heart racing and thoughts in a haze as the two of you stare at one another in silence. He says nothing and neither do you. He looks tired, but that’s all you can read. His expression is empty. Like it’s always been when you first met him. It’s hard to read him, and that only makes you angry. What is he thinking? Is he hurt like you? Does he care? 

The gaze feels like forever but it’s only a few seconds, and just like that, Yoongi makes his way towards the staircase. Saying nothing to you. 

You don’t leave your room after that. You just close your door, lie back in bed, and text your roommate to buy you food. It seems like his mind is made up. 

Now all you have to do is make up your own and move on.

Empty Promises

Namjoon x reader | pg15 | two part | angst | mentions of cheating | break up

Word: 3.7k

You’ve spent so much of your time loving him and seeing a future with him, only for him to crash it all down within a day

Chapter Index

How do you stop something from happening?

How do you stop the pain in your chest from hurting even more as you stand in the center of all the fair games, watching as he walks away, a girl trailing after him. Their fingers intertwining with one another.

Just like the ice cream on the floor by your feet, the cone pointing up as a result from the fall, your world crashes so suddenly.

But let's start from the beginning of this. The beginning of what you thought would be a nice date. The beginning of empty promises.

You hold two dresses up to you, one long while the other stops to your knees. You debate the heat, the location and the chances of the dress getting dirty. Staring at the two dresses for a bit longer, you toss the white, long dress to your bed and remove the hanger from the navy blue, lily flowered dress. You slip it on, careful not to mess up your make-up you spent an hour long perfecting. You want everything to be perfect. Everything so perfect that your boyfriend of four years will look at you like he's barely met you for the first time. Like he wants to ask you out on a date like he did all those years ago with nerves so evident in his tone and eyes.

Today should be the day. Today should be the day Namjoon takes you to the beach, gets down on one knee, the look of nervousness in his eyes as he pulls out a box, tells you all the right words and then asks you to marry him. You'll cover your mouth from shock, eyes blurry from the tears forming and the crowd that formed cheering as you nod your head, stick your hand out and watch him slip the ring on your finger.

You smile at the thought as you grab a pair of white flats out from your closet and place them in front of your feet. You slip on your shoes, eyeing yourself in the mirror as you fix your hair before leaving your bedroom and making your way towards the front door. Grabbing your purse and phone off the kitchen island, you pluck your keys out from the glass bowl next to the door and head out.

The door closes behind you, the sound of the lock moving into place as you unlock your cellphone and head down the hall. After doing the same routine for so long, your feet naturally know where to go as your fingers instinctively find the text icon and find Namjoon's last sent text. Sending him a quick text, you stop at the elevators and press the down button, waiting in silence until you hear the ding and the doors open. You enter the elevator, hitting the ground floor button and watch the doors close, the elevator jerking and descending towards your destination.

The familiar sound of a text rings from your phone as you exit the elevator. The text reads that your boyfriend is just outside the building's doors. You smile, clutching your phone as you skip towards the glass, double doors. The hot summer sun beams down on you, the ground blinding you and causing you to shield your eyes as you scan the parked cars along the sidewalk, looking for that familiar grey vehicle that Namjoon owns.

Four cars down the line, you see his car and him exiting the driver side. You beam as you make your way towards him, watching as he makes his way around his car to meet you. Smiling up at him, you reach up to place a kiss on his lips. He kisses you back, but it's not as loving as it normally is. You're guessing it's because he's nervous. He might propose to you!

"You ready?" you ask him, he looks off into the distance before nodding.

He does the usual, opening the passenger door open for you. You get into the seat, the door closing behind you when you're fully inside the car. You watch him stand in front of the car door for a second, his body straightening before making his way around to the driver's side. He must be really nervous.

The door opens, he climbs in, closing the door and starting the car. The cool air hits your skin as you watch him put the car in reverse, and puts it back into drive before taking off down the street. The two of you say nothing as the only sound filling the silence of the car is background music you do not bother to try and figure out. He doesn't hold your hand like he normally does. He doesn't even ask you the same questions he normally asks. It's like he completely ignores you, and you can't ignore the pain in your chest.

You love the fair. Every year when the fair comes, you're here and getting on every ride, eating everything that catches your eye. It's your favorite place, and the fact that it's across the street from the beach, it's the best place to be on a hot, summer day.

You're giddy with excitement as Namjoon hands the woman inside the ticket booth a bill. She places the bill in the cash register and grabs two bracelets. Namjoon is first to bring his hand towards her through the small window. She wraps the bracelet around his wrist and does the same for you when it's your turn. Once she's done, you and Namjoon go through the turnstile, angling your body to the side so that you fit through easily. The fair is full of excitement, people running by and others just walking with big smiles on their faces as they make their way towards a ride, a seating area, or wherever their heart calls to.

You look at your boyfriend, wondering if he's as ecstatic as you are, but when you get a good look at him, he's the same as he was in the car. He's far off, not into the date that just started. You tell yourself it's because he's nervous, but the what ifs are beginning to eat you up.

Shaking your head—shaking the thoughts away, you grab onto his arm, hoping to get his attention. Thankfully you do as he looks down at you. "What should we ride first?"

You can tell he's trying to act like his usual self as he smiles at you, but it doesn't reach his eyes as he answers, "How about your favorite ride first."

If he's trying, you should try. "Yeah!" You hold your hand out like you normally do, and instead of slapping his hand onto yours and interlocking his fingers with yours, he's hesitant before finally holding your hand.

The first blow of the day.

The two of you make your way towards the high swings. Your favorite ride because you can see everything. Even though the Ferris Wheel can do the same, the high swings can give you a view of the entire fair ground. Plus it's exciting and fun to be so high up. A short walk later, you're standing in the short line to the swings. The current riders are high above and some screaming from the rush of what you can describe as flying. You watch in joy as they spin around, eyes seeing everything you want to see. But you then turn to look at Namjoon. He's somewhere else.

He's somewhere you can't reach, and you don't like it. He's not lost in the idea of marrying you; he's not lost in the thoughts of being here with you. He's somewhere he's not allowing you to follow.

Where is he? Why won't he let you follow him?

"Hey," you begin, voice more annoyed than you intended, "what's wrong?"

He looks to you, the far gone expression no longer there. "What?"

"Something is wrong with you. What is it?"

He stares at you for a moment, a look you can't recognize slowly growing, but he shakes his head, shaking away the look. "Nothing. I'm just tired that's all," he explains, taking your hand and smiles. Again, it doesn't reach his eyes.

The pole holding the swings begins to slow, coming down and finally coming to a stop as the riders get off and walk towards the exit. The entrance gate opens, allowing a line of people to enter. Still holding your hand, Namjoon leads you past the gate and to an empty pair of seats next to each other. He takes his seat as you take yours, making sure you're buckled in as everyone else does, too. You sit in silence, not bothering to try and talk to Namjoon again or even listen to him as he says something.

He's hiding something and it's bothering you. If he hid things from you it would be whatever because usually it's a surprise or something he's stressed about. But today? Right now? He's different. He's not telling you something that isn't simple or easy to work on. This is something worse, but what is it? What is he hiding that he's so different?

The swing jerks a bit before your feet are no longer touching the ground, the pole lifting you higher and higher. It finally comes to a stop at the highest point, the view the same you see every year, but still beautiful as the waves crash onto the shore. The swings sway for a few seconds before it finally moves forward. It's a slow pace, some people talking to one another in joy as the speed picks up and the wind is blowing your hair back. You close your eyes, taking in deep breaths and letting the pondering thoughts leave. You want to spend the day having fun, not questioning everything. Opening your eyes you smile and enjoy the feeling of flying.

The ride ended, you two exiting the gate and taking on the ride next to it. The ride forms an almost circle with four seats to each side looking at one another. The ride spins you in a circle in a fast motion, occasionally stopping at the top and letting the riders hang upside down for a few seconds before falling back down. These rides scare you a bit, but they always leave you wanting more with all the rush it gives.

You're still holding Namjoon's hand, thumb brushing along his skin as you stare up at the upside down riders, some screaming in fear and others screaming in delight. And so, after a few more rounds, the ride comes to a stop and you're next in line. You're once again giddy with excitement as you take a seat next to your boyfriend and next to another girl who is with her partner. You buckle up, the person running the attraction making sure everyone is strapped in tight before going back to the panel and starting the ride.

After riding a few more rides, enjoying them as much as you can, the joy didn't stay long as you finally let out an agitated sigh. "What's wrong?" you ask, sounding more irritated than you did the first time.

"What?" he asks, as if he's been lost in his thoughts once again. When he sees the look on your face, he tries to brush off his distance like it's nothing. "Nothing is wrong."

"Don't lie to me, Joon. You've been acting like this for a few days now, but it's even worse today. Now are you going to tell me what's wrong or are we ending this date early?" You cross your arms over your chest, moving to the side so that people can continue walking with the flow of traffic.

He's quiet for a while, expression clearly torn between telling you what's bothering him and keeping things a secret. He finally let's out the biggest sigh of defeat as he looks at everywhere and at anything but you. "I want to break up."

The second blow of the day.

"What?"

"I..." he trails off, meeting your eyes for the briefest moment before looking away. "I can't do this anymore, Y/N. I can't do us anymore. Maybe—" You interrupt him.

You hold up your hand. "Whatever you want to tell me today, you can tell me tomorrow." You glare at him with hate you never thought you'd ever give him. "It's our anniversary. Four years, Namjoon. Out of all the days to want to tell me this, you decide now is a good time." He doesn't meet your eyes. He can't and that only angers you even more. "You can leave me high and dry after this stupid date."

"Y/N—" You walk off, not letting him come up with an excuse as to why he's not leaving you "high and dry".

You know he's following you. You know he will do what you want because he feels guilty. He doesn't want to break up because of something you did, or that he doesn't love you. He's hiding the real truth and it's never eaten you as much as it is right now knowing what it is. He doesn't have to tell you for you to know there's someone else.

You push all the feelings back, putting on your best "I'm in love" face you can muster as you slow your pace until you can see your amazing boyfriend from your peripheral. Placing your hand in his, you take in a deep breath and forget everything that left his mouth. Today you're going to pretend it's your fourth anniversary and feel excited at the thought that he could possibly be asking you to marry him on the beach as the waves lightly crash along your feet. The whole thing is perfect.

But it's not.

"What ride do you want to get on next?" you ask him, tone like it was minutes ago.

He's quiet for a while. You can feel his grip on your hand tighten before he answers, "Rush."

Your eyes scan the area before you until they find the sign in big red letters. Behind the sign is the only roller coaster at the fair. It isn't like the ones you see at a theme park, but it gives you a bit of a rush as it speeds its way across the tracks. You can't help but smile as you lightly drag him to the back of the line of the ride. No words are said as you keep your eyes on the people screaming as they ride the roller coaster. Two of them had their hands up and grinning as they cheered for the ride to go faster.

You sneak a glance at Namjoon, watching him as he has his attention focused on his phone. You watch him as he types away on his phone at a quick pace. You wonder who he's texting. The boys? This new lover he's with? You want to rip his phone away and read the message but decide against it. Right now he's just texting the boys, telling them he's nervous about proposing.

You tear your eyes away from him, wiping away the tears that spilled. Why did it have to be like this? Why you? Why?

The riders get off and make their way towards the exit as the next batch of riders make their way towards the roller coaster. They have their fun—the screams and cheers as the ride goes, and the next does the same. It takes five groups to ride before it's your turn, and by then you weren't your happy self like you were earlier today. He hasn't gotten off his phone the entire wait. It isn't until you hit his shoulder lightly that his phone is in his pocket and the two of you follow the line until you find an empty cart.

He says something but you don't catch it. You don't even notice him holding your hand, using the same gesture you did, rubbing his thumb across your skin. You hold on tightly to his hand knowing this is the last ride you'll ever get on with him. This date will be over in an hour or so because you can't take it anymore.

The ride goes, but you're not screaming with joy like the other riders, and Namjoon sees it.

You're walking through the main area where games are played. People are calling for you to try their game for only a few bucks, some even saying the first try is free. Namjoon's hand no longer feels like home—like he's the one you see your future with. He's the one who broke that future and let it burn as you try to save it.

Your eye catches the toss ball game, a stuffed white dog with black spots hanging at the front. The woman working the game is attempting to get attention from anyone. You can see her sigh, running her hand through her strawberry blonde hair in slight frustration. You stop walking and so does Namjoon. He looks to you in confusion.

Pointing to the game where the woman is working, you say, "Win me a prize while I get us some ice cream?" you ask, looking to meet his gaze as you watch his eyes follow your finger to the game.

"Y/N—"

"I'll be back." You release his hand and give him your best smile before turning your back to him and heading towards the small ice cream stand to get two cones. You walk to the outskirts of the gaming area and stand at the back of the small line to buy your favorite ice cream and Namjoon's favorite.

You've rode all the rides and did what every couple could do here, and the last thing to do is try and go home with a stuffed animal. You're not sure what you'll do with the stuffed animal if Namjoon actually wins it. You don't want anything of a cheater in your house, so you'll be packing all that is his and throwing it at his face.

The man takes your order, you pay, and wait off to the side for your number to be called.

Things are going to change after today. You'll have to tell everyone you and Namjoon are no longer together. You'll tell all your friends that the dream of being Mrs. Kim is no longer possible because Namjoon dumped you on your anniversary of going what you thought was four years strong. Your parents will be sad and mad because the Harvard student, the one who is going to have his own company no longer loves you and loves someone else.

You blink back the tears, cursing under your breath as you hear your number being called. Walking up to the pick-up counter, you take the ice creams, thank the worker and make your way back into the gaming area and towards Namjoon. Last time. This is the last time.

And so, for the last time, you put on the biggest smile you can muster and spot Namjoon tossing the last ball into the basket. The woman cheers and so does he. A genuine smile actually appears on your face as you get closer to them. It reminds you of the first time he won you a prize. He was so clumsy that it took him over six bills to finally win the smallest prize, but he never looked so proud to have won you something. You sleep with it on your bed every night.

He points to the black and white dog you were eyeing earlier, the woman using a dressing stick to grab the animal. She hands it to him, a big smile on her face as well as his as he looks down at it with glee before looking back up at her. You're within hearing range as he says, "Here, baby." He hands the stuffed animal to the strawberry blonde rather than to you.

You stop in your tracks, watching as the girl takes the dog. "Thank you, babe. This is my first gift you've ever won me at the fair," she says, looking up at him. "I'm so glad you came to see me."

He looks away bashfully, scratching his head. "Me too."

The ice creams are no longer in your hands, the sound of everything around you is gone and the two of them are blurry. His lover is the first to notice you, but it seems she doesn't know you're his current—soon to be ex girlfriend. The one he's cheating on. Namjoon notices you next and his eyes are wide. He's telling you something but you can't hear him. The only thing that you can register is that when he walks over to you, within range, your hand slaps across his face.

He touches his reddened cheek and looks at you in shock. "I never want to see you again."

"Y/N"

"Leave before I cause an even bigger scene," you seethe. It seems like the world wants you to cause a scene because his lover appears next to him, a hand on his arm and worry in her eyes.

"Are you okay?" she asks him before her eyes are on you. "What is wrong—" You don't give her a chance to finish her sentence before your fist collides with her nose. She screams in pain, holding her nose. Namjoon's attention is on her, checking to see if she's bleeding.

Sadly she's not.

"You want a bigger scene?" you ask when they both look to you. There's hurt in Namjoon's eyes, but he shouldn't feel what you feel. He's the one who started cheating on you. He's the one who stopped loving you who knows how long ago. "I never want to see you again." And with that, with one final apology, Namjoon walks past you and out of your life. You couldn't stop yourself from turning around and watching him leave.

How do you stop something from happening?

How do you stop the pain in your chest from hurting even more as you stand in the center of all the fair games, watching as he walks away, a girl trailing after him. Their fingers intertwining with one another.

Just like the ice cream on the floor by your feet, the cone pointing up as a result from the fall, your world crashes so suddenly.

Sand Nude Beach

Taehyung x reader | two-shot | 18+ | lifeguard au | smut | fluff | mentions of cheating | swearing | oral | fingering | dirty talk

Word: 6.4k

After your break up, you seek comfort with the soothing sound of the waves, but you also find comfort in the lifeguard who helps you forget all about your ex

Chapter Index

You cross the street, eyes focused ahead of you rather than on the screaming people behind you as you reach the pathway towards the beach, the screams of another group of people being lifted into the air because of a ride they're on can be heard. The fair, a place you once loved with all your heart, has become a place you never want to see again, and this happened all within a day. Following the wooden path, you're alone as you make your way down towards the shores. 

About an hour ago, you found out that your boyfriend of four years has been cheating on you. He brings you to the fair for your fourth year anniversary, only to be distant and wanting to break up twenty minutes into the date. Closer to the end of the date you find him winning a prize you thought was for you only to be given to the girl working the booth. There was his lover he's been seeing. Everything was an argument from you and him leaving with the girl at his side.

Now you're walking along the shore where people still occupy the late afternoon sky. There's too many people here to have a breakdown, so you head right, walking further away from the people. However, no matter how far you walk, there's still people enjoying the fading sun. And so you walk and walk, hugging yourself as a cool breeze hits you and sends shivers throughout your body. However, as you head further away from the main entrance, you're met with a hill blocking you from heading further down. 

There are still some people lurking around even being this far away from the fairground. So, you follow the huge rock away from the ocean and towards the far off street where cars can be heard barely over the crashing waves. As you walk along the hill, it comes to an end as trees meet it, sand turning to dirt. You must be close to a park or something, so you continue ahead and look for a pathway that will lead you towards a park. Maybe if you walk through it you can find the path that'll lead you towards the beach again. 

After walking a few feet more, you find the entrance you've been looking for. Following the wooden path, the air is colder between the trees causing you to shiver, you can hear the sound of the trees rustling in the wind. It's rather quiet between the trees, and you still haven't found any sign of a park. As you continue further down, you're suddenly met with sand again. You look out ahead and see the beach—something you weren't expecting. It's rather secluded, with trees practically surrounding the small beach, one lifeguard tower in the center of the beach and a few people far off into the distance leaving. 

You're alone on the beach. That means you're alone to cry for a few hours before calling your friend to pick you up and take you to your apartment where you'll gather all of Namjoon's stuff and toss it out the window. Screw him and screw his secret lover. How could he do this to you? How could he ruin four years of a relationship and go off to meet someone else and love them? What did you do wrong? What did you do for him to fall out of love with you? Why didn't he tell you when he felt this way instead of dragging you along, letting you continue to love him and think he was going to propose to you today? 

You let out a small whimper, quickly wiping at your eyes. He's not worth your tears. 

Walking a few feet away from the path entrance, you find a spot close to the water but far enough to not get wet. Dark clouds are rolling in, the waves calm as can be. It feels like you in a way. You're calm on the outside, stoic, but on the inside you're about to roll in and wreak havoc on anything that comes close to you. You don't care who it is, if they meant to or not, they better stay away if they know what's best for them. 

You pull out your phone from your bag, unlocking it and checking your messages. Specifically, you're checking the last one you will ever send to Namjoon again. You see your message.

[Friday, June 19th, 5:23pm] You: I'll be packing all your shit tonight and leaving it in the trash outside for you to pick up. I'm over it and I want nothing that is mine from you. You can burn it like you've burned 4 years of our relationship instead of being a man and telling me this wasn't working. 

You can see that he read the message, but that is it. He didn't reply, didn't call—he's probably sucking face with his new girlfriend. Maybe he's sitting on his couch with her on top of him and they're just getting straight to the point knowing that you're not a problem anymore. You're the ex he finally got rid of so that he can be with his "one true love" and just live the rest of his happy life in peace. 

You begin to type another hateful message to him, eyes blurry when a voice makes you jump. You look up to the person standing beside you. "What?" you ask, not catching what they said as you wipe your eyes. 

"This is a nude beach. The whole point to it is to not wear clothes," he explains, resting his hands on his hips.   

"Oh," you sniffle, continuing to wipe at your eyes until you can see clearly.  

"This also isn't a sad nude beach," he begins, taking a seat next to you, "I guess you're breaking all types of rules today."   

"I'm sorry. I just—" He doesn't want to listen to your problems. He just wants you gone. "I'm sorry, I'll just go," you tell him, getting to your knees to leave the beach.   

"I heard ranting to a random stranger is always better than to someone who knows your problems. We're less biased," he states, looking up at you, and this is when you get a good look at the stranger. His dyed red hair catches your attention first, bright and long. It brushes along his eyelashes, strands tucked behind his ears while his dark eyes stare up at you. A small mole on his nose barely visible from his tanned skin. He leans back, resting his weight on his hands as he places them behind him, his lean stomach glistening from sweat. He crosses one leg over the other, his red swim trunks riding just a bit. "So you want to rant, stranger?"  

You stare at him for a while, contemplating if telling him would do any good. Would it bring Namjoon back? Would it rewind time so that you had never met him? It won't do anything, but you sit down anyway. You cross your legs and hide your legs under your dress, placing your bag and phone in front of you. "Today is my fourth year anniversary with my boyfriend."   

"Congratulations," he compliments.  

"I thought he was going to propose," you continue, playing with the strap to your purse. "We went to the fair for our date, and the whole day he's been... off. Like he's been distant for a couple of days now, but today it was more evident and he kept texting instead of paying attention to anything we did."   

He hums in response, a hum that means he knows where this is going. 

"Not even halfway through our date I finally confront him about it and he tells me he wants to break up with me." You close your eyes, taking in a deep breath. Even though you told him you don't care, the memory of what happens next will continue to burn for a while. And it seems this stranger understands your distress because when you open your eyes, he is sitting up with his legs crossed. "We—I talk for a bit and he agrees to let this date finish before he breaks up with me. Nothing was ever happy and he was distant the whole time. Finally when we're at the area to win prizes, I go to get some ice cream while he tries to win me a prize." You shake your head. "I come back and it turns out his lover is working at the stand he's winning my prize at." 

"Oh shit," he murmurs under his breath, looking ahead towards the ocean. 

You chuckle, "Yeah. He gave her the prize instead and said some mushy bull shit."

"So what'd you do?" he asks, leaning forward to rest his elbows on his thighs.

"I slapped him," you state with confidence. Sure it stung your palm, but it was the best sound you have ever heard, and you know that even now, hours later, there is still a red mark. You can only hope there's a bruise that you somehow gave him, but your hits aren't hard enough to do that. 

"You should have sucker punched him," he sighs. "Give him a bloody nose." 

Looking to him, you say, "I can't hit that hard." 

He chuckles, "When you're mad, you can hit hard." 

"What makes you so sure?"

He finally meets your gaze. "I broke up with my ex after I caught her cheating. She tried so hard to talk with me, but once you cheat, you're not my type anymore. I didn't give her the time of day and finally... she snapped. Almost broke my nose." He rubs his nose as if he's remembering the impact it left. "Women can hit hard at any given time, but when they're mad? Steer clear." You watch him as he grabs his necklace, to which you realize is a whistle, swinging back and forth from around his neck. 

"Was it hard?" you ask him, eyes travel back up to his. He smiles, but just like Namjoon, it doesn't meet his dark eyes. "Of course. All relationships that have lasted for years are always painful when they end." He points to you with the hand that is clutching his whistle. "But it was the best decision I've ever made. She wasn't worth spending the rest of my life with." 

"She regrets it," you declare.

He laughs, a box-like smile growing on his face. He looks cute. "She sure does because he cheated on her after we broke up and they got together.  And so now she's alone coming here every now and then to "show me what I'm missing" as she puts it."

"Wait," you begin, turning your body to face him completely, "she comes here to try and get you back?"

"Yup. Almost everyday when she gets off work and on her days off. And because I'm usually the one who works here basically everyday, avoiding her is difficult." He shakes his head again, his red locks swaying against his forehead.

"You should have a friend or someone she doesn't know come over every now and then and pretend to be your girlfriend," you proclaim, feeling confident at the idea of some stranger playing the role of a girlfriend.

He hums in thought, tapping his whistle with his finger, the sound of the tiny ball inside hitting the walls it is confined in. "I don't think I have enough money to pay a stranger to play the role of a girlfriend," he exclaims. 

"I'm pretty sure someone would do it for free after hearing a story like that," you point out. You would do it for free after hearing the story. Cheating is something you hate when it comes to being in a relationship. If they're not happy with you, why keep it a secret and have a different relationship with someone else? Why not speak up and end things before it blows up even more? You'll never understand it. 

He chuckles. "Thanks, and I'll keep that in mind." The two of you are silent for a moment, enjoying the peace that falls over you, the sound of the waves and the smell of the sea playing like a peaceful song that can put you to sleep. He sticks his hand out towards you after a moment. "Taehyung," he says. 

You smile, taking his hand and shaking it as you reply, "Y/N." 

As he lets your hand go, he nods towards the items next to you. "So what were you going to text him?" 

"Text who?" 

"Your ex. No one types that roughly if they're not mad about something," he specifies, running a hand through his bright red locks, his strands of hair moving away from his eyes. If you were into being nude at the beach, you'd probably come here everyday just to see him. He has this look to him that draws you to him. He has this look that makes you want to run your own hand through his hair, feel the softness of his hair. "Well?"

"Oh." You shake your head from all thoughts of what if as you grab your phone and unlock it, the message is still there. Sticking it out towards him, Taehyung takes the phone and reads your message. You watch him in silence as he skims over most likely the message you sent him hours ago and the one that is waiting to be sent. You can see his eyes travel back and forth until it finally comes to a stop. He says nothing for a while before he presses the backspace button and your message gets erased. You want to question him, but maybe it's because you're mad and ready to fight that it's best you let him delete the hateful words. You may not be thinking straight and those words can backfire on you rather than him. However, as he begins to type away at the keys, you can't help but question him, "What are you doing?"

"Sending him a text that'll get him calling you and that's when you can tell him those words you wrote. Hearing it rather than reading is more painful," he proclaims, locking your screen and handing it back to you. "I suggest you don't read it until after you've had your talk. Reading the message will only make you want to apologize or something." 

You take your phone back, eyeing him curiously. "Okay," you say, placing your phone in your bag rather than keeping it in front of you. You know that if you have it out in the open for it to mock you, you'll only give in and read whatever message Taehyung sent to Namjoon. 

"Also this Namjoon guy? He sounds like one of those types of guys that cares deeply for everyone and has no sense to just stop things before they blow up in his face." The way he just described Namjoon has never been so spot on until earlier today when he did just that. You would have never said that Namjoon would do something like that, but now that you're at the receding end of it, everything clicks in some sad reality. 

"Yeah," you mumble. "That idiot." 

Taehyung places his hand over yours on your lap. "It's going to suck for a while, Y/N, but eventually it turns into a far off memory and you move on," he tells you, voice soft and caring. Something you haven't heard in such a long time. Just someone who cared for you the way Namjoon used to. 

Without even thinking, you lean forward and press a kiss to his lips, but you immediately pull back at the realization you kissed some random stranger because he said some nice words to you. "I'm sorry—I shouldn't have done that." You grab your bag and shoot to your feet. "I should go, that was a mistake and I'm sorry for that." 

"Wait!" Taehyung is at his feet and taking a delicate hold of your wrist , turning you back to face him. He's staring at you, but you can't bring it in you to even meet his gaze. You can feel the heat on your cheeks, the cold air long forgotten as you look down at his bare chest, but immediately look somewhere else as your thoughts had something else in mind at the sight of his lean figure. "I'm not going to lie, that caught me off guard," he begins, letting your wrist go, "but I'm not going to deny that I'd like to do it again." 

You look up at him, completely taken aback. "What?" 

He looks at you and there is no bashfulness, no eyes looking at anything but you like you did moments ago. No. Taehyung, this stranger you met only hours ago is looking at you with so much confidence that you want him to take you right here right now. It does not matter to you that you wish to have sex with a stranger. Right now you want to be plowed by this lifeguard. You want him to save you from leaving and regretting never knowing what it's like to have that one night stand people always talk about. 

"If you're willing to stay for a little while longer, take a step forward. If you want to leave I won't stop you," is all he says as he stands where he is, giving you the decision to make. 

"Why did you decide to become a lifeguard?" you suddenly ask, hoping to catch him off guard, but you don't. 

"To see the naked women," he replies nonchalantly. 

You frown. "Really? That's it?" 

He shakes his head. "No, not really. I did it to save lives, and this beach is closer to where I live." He pauses for a second. "Plus to see naked women," he adds. The two of you share a laugh, the joyful sounds mixing with the waves rolling over one another and the sound of crickets off into the distance hidden within the trees. Although it'll only be brief, you feel as if some weight has been lifted off your shoulders. Stress and heartache are not stirring within you. You feel at ease, and so, with your mind more clearer than it was when you kissed him, you took that step forward. 

Taehyung takes a step forward. Your bodies are a mere inch away from one another, your head tilts up towards him. You can feel his warm breath against your lips, a small brush between your skin, and then a drop followed by another and another. You pull back and wipe at your cheek where the wet substance hit, but it doesn't stop. Rain pours from the sky within seconds, drenching you within a few seconds. 

"Was not expecting that," he calls over the downpour. You shield your eyes from the rain, staring up at him as he runs his hand through his hair that stuck to his forehead and lashes. He looks at you giving a boxy grin as he says, "Maybe we should head inside." Taking a hold of your hand, the two of yours run towards the lifeguard tower, your free hand clutching your bag in hopes of your personal belongings staying dry. 

You run as best you can, but with the sand soon turning to mud, you can feel your shoes slowly slipping off. You do your best to pick up your feet as you run with Taehyung's pace until you've reached the railing to the tower. Following him up the ramp and to the door, Taehyung opens the door and you follow after, the door closing behind you. The pitter patter sounds from the raindrops hitting the roof is heard as you lightly gasp from running. 

"Sorry the only light we have is this crappy lamp," he tells you, walking past you and towards the corner of the small room where a small, white lamp sits at the end of the wall length table. Along with the lamp, the table had a few scattered papers, a map of what looks like the city is pinned to the wall above the table. To your left is another table, but smaller than the one closest to you, where two chairs are with binoculars, radios, and first aides. The picture windows give you a view of the ocean, and the shores of the beach. You can imagine what the inside of this place would look like when the sun's light would shine in. 

"Nice place," you comment, placing your bag on the corner of the wall length table. 

You earn a chuckle from Taehyung as he crouches down, opening a cabinet under the desk and pulls out two seaweed colored towels. He hands one to you, to which you gratefully take and begin drying your hair as he does the same. "Wasn't expecting a nice sunny day to turn into a shit storm." 

You let out a sigh through chattering teeth. "What a day," you say more to yourself than to Taehyung. This storm is the exact description of how you felt moments ago, but not so much anymore. Not when the person in front of you did all he could to distract you from the heartbreak that will linger when you no longer see him. When you two part ways. Watching him as he drapes the towel over his head to dry it as much as he can, your eyes can't help but wander down his toned stomach, the water drops glistening over his olive skin making it look like sweat. You travel down further to his swim trunks that stick to his thighs like glue, revealing his not so hidden manhood. 

You wipe at your face and hope you removed whatever running make-up you had and you look decent enough. "Nice junk." 

"Nice breasts," he counters back, and you freeze, slowly removing the towel just enough to look down at your chest. Through the white lilies that oh-so happened to be on your breasts, you can see your hardened nipples. You cover them with the towel, glaring daggers at him. "You started it," he protests, now drying his body. "So," he begins, keeping his eyes on yours, "you in the mood to finish that kiss and forget about your ex, or do you want to wait this storm out?"

"Excuse me?"

Taehyung shrugs. "What almost happened out there is all I'm thinking about right now. Sure, it may have been because your emotions are all over the place, but so are mine." He drops his arms to his sides, the towel still in his grip. "I can use a distraction from my ex if you're up to it." 

"I don't know you," you state, holding the damp towel even closer to you. 

"It's called a one night stand." 

"I've never been with someone who wasn't my boyfriend before," you add, trying to ignore the feelings bubble from deep down within. The feeling that's telling you to take this chance. Take him. 

"Well I can play pretend if it makes it easier," Taehyung says, in a tone so calm you wonder if he's serious or just joking. A flash crosses the room, followed by a loud roar as the small lamp light goes out. You jump from the sudden plunge of darkness that comes over the small room. You can hear him sigh. "One second—I know the flashlight is somewhere in these cabinets." 

Maybe this is a sign—most likely it's not, but right now you see it as the sign you've been looking for because you're striding towards with him a rapid heartbeat and all the confidence you can muster. With another flash of light and the loud roar of thunder, you see Taehyung get to his feet with a flashlight in hand. He disappears but you feel his chest with your palms. 

He jumps a little from the sudden contact. "You scared of storms?" he asks in such a soothing tone that it only drives you to be more courageous. Your hands travel up his chest, feeling him flex beneath you until you're cupping his cheeks. With every last ounce of bravery, you bring your lips to his. You thought it'd be romantic or awkward, but the way Taehyung catches on and takes the lead, the two of you are kissing like you've been lusting after one another for days. 

You wrap your arms around his neck while you feel Taehyung's hands go to your waist, gripping you tightly as his tongue brushes along your lips. You gladly accept as you feel his tongue enter your mouth and explore and dance with your tongue. A hand travels up to his bright red hair, running your fingers through it while his hands travel to your ass, cupping it roughly. 

You sigh into his mouth, biting his lower lip and pulling back. Taehyung groans as he squeezes your flesh. "Am I the ex?"

You shake your head as you jump and wrap your legs around his waist and he holds you with ease. You kiss your way down to his neck, biting and licking his skin. "He's not worth it," you mumble into his neck. 

Taehyung chuckles, taking a few steps forward before placing you on the table. He pulls back, but you refuse to unwrap your legs from around his waist. He takes hold of your dress, just above your first button and rips your dress open, the sound of your flying buttons faintly hitting the wooden floor. 

You gasp, "How do you expect me to go home with an open dress?"

"Who says you're going home after this?"

His lips meet yours, hands traveling up your bare thighs, stomach and finally to clothed breasts. You arch your back for him to grope and squeeze, his tongue taking the lead of the dance they played. You pull back, panting as you say, "Please take them off." Another flash of lightning and you can see the lust in his eyes as he stares at you. "Touch me." 

He reaches behind you and unclasps your bra in one swift motion, pulling it completely off you and dropping it to the ground. "Lift your ass," he commands, and you do as told as he slips your underwear off. With your eyes finally adjusting to the darkness, you can see his outline move back and the sound of a chair being dragged across the floor before he is sitting in front of you. You feel him grab your ankles and place them on the edge of the table you're sitting on, your legs wide open for him. "Hope you don't mind skipping the kissing and hand touching," he tells you, his hands holding your thighs as his tongue dives in. 

You flinch, his tongue exploring your inner walls. Resting your head against the wall, you close your eyes, fingers running through his locks, and enjoy the feeling of his mouth doing its magic. "Your mouth is amazing," you compliment, body jerking as he prods his tongue inside you. "Namjoon isn't half as good," you moan, pulling his hair as he latches onto your clit and sucks. "Fuck."

"Your ex sucks major ass if he can't eat you out properly," he growls, sticking his finger in his mouth to wet it before lining it up with your entrance. "I'll make sure you're screaming for more by the end of this." He inserts his finger slowly, his mouth finding its way back to your bud. 

A louder moan leaves your lips, enjoying the feeling of a stranger suck on your swollen bead and his fingers slowly fucking you. Namjoon isn't the type to devote his time to eating you out—another finger is inserted and your hips lift higher for him to have better ease in thrusting his skilled digits in you as if he's been doing this his whole life. Mastering the perfect finger fuck that leaves you panting, begging and not thinking straight. You don't understand the words that are coming out of your mouth besides a few "please" and "faster" but it's hard to decipher. His tongue swirls around your now swollen clit and his fingers curling and hitting just the perfect spot to send you over the edge. 

"I'm coming," you cry, toes curling and grip on the desk as tight as you can hold it while another grip holds his head closely to your heart. Your body shakes harder, breath caught in your throat as he picks up his speed. "Oh my—please don't stop," you choke as your back arches, head thrown back and banging against the wall. You moan out his name as you explode in pleasure, panting heavily as the euphoria dies down leaving you wanting nothing more than for him to just fuck you. Nothing more than to just feel him in your mouth as he moans out in pleasure, gripping your hair tightly as he thrusts into your mouth and then you. 

He pulls his fingers out, removing his mouth from your clit. "Fuck, beautiful," he begins, bending down and picking up the towel he dropped on the floor to wipe at his face, "if that's what you sound like all the time, then there definitely needs to be a round two at my place after this." 

You would be blushing hard right now if you weren't so preoccupied with wanting to continue this one-night stand. "Let me taste you," you tell him, seeing his somber expression briefly as light fills the room for a few seconds. 

Taehyung chuckles, his silhouette standing to his feet. "I already told you, Y/N, round two is at my place and I'll be sure to let you have a taste then. But for now"—Taehyung bends down just a bit before he's standing straight again—"it's all about you." His fingers brush between your lips, earning a gasp from you. "I can't wait to hear your moans again." He grabs a hold of your legs and drags you forward until your behind is at the edge of the desk. He wraps your legs around his waist, his tip prodding your entrance. 

You cup his cheeks and kiss him roughly. Your heart is racing with sheer excitement as you feel his tip run up and down your folds. Sighing into his mouth, you pull him closer with your legs, signaling for him to enter your core. He bites your lower lip teasingly and kisses his way down your neck as he finally pushes in. You sigh and lean back as he kisses his way between your breasts before taking a nipple into his mouth, his hand cupping your other one. Biting your lip to suppress a moan, Taehyung pushes out and back in slowly. 

His tongue swirls around your tip, biting, pulling, kissing both breasts like he did when his focus was on your warmth. "Fuck me," you command, but it doesn't sound as authoritative as you intended with how good he's making you feel, but he hears you. He understands your needs and does as he's told. He pulls back, placing a hand around your neck, squeezing just tight enough, and thrusts into you hard. A moan gets caught in your throat. 

Your walls clench around him, that one thrust pushing you closer to the edge than you imagined. "Don't come yet, baby." His free hand holds your waist tightly as he thrusts roughly into you. "I'm not even close to coming yet." You can only let out a cry in response as you clutch onto the arm of the hand that is closed around your throat. "Did your ex ever do this to you?" he grunts, his grip on your waist tightening, attempting to hold you down. "Huh?" You can only shake your head, your heavy breathing is the only thing leaving your mouth. "Use your words, baby. Did your ex ever make you feel this good?"

"No," you groan, your nails now digging into his skin. "Not even c-close." His hand wrapped around your neck moves to the back, gripping tightly before pulling you forward and crashing his lips to yours. The two of you kiss in a feverish haste as all your loud moans are muffled. You wrap your arms around his neck, nails digging into his back. Breaking the kiss, you mumble against his lips, "Please don't stop—please." 

"Ah. I can't wait to take you home. Fuck you so hard you won't walk straight tomorrow—fuck I may not let you leave tomorrow. You want that, beautiful?"

"Yes please. I want you to make me beg for it—I want to taste you, feel you fuck my mouth and hear my gags," you tell him, completely lost in the feeling he's giving you. Never in your entire life have you said anything as vulgar as that. Namjoon never brought that out in you, but here's this stranger, having sex with you on the beach, bringing everything out of you. 

Taehyung chuckles, "I'll do so much more than that, baby." There's a ringing sound, but it's faint and you wonder if it's a ringing in your ears. You shut your eyes, resting your forehead against his shoulder as you feel the build up get to the point where you're ready to explode. However, Taehyung slows, and he's saying something you can't understand. Why'd he stop? You're so close...

"Oh hey, bro," he says, pace slow like he was in the beginning. You can't do this slow sex. "Wasn't expecting to ever hear from you again." You realize the ringing noise came from a phone, but you don't care. Removing your arms from around him and onto the table just behind your waist, you attempt to move at the pace Taehyung was going seconds ago. It's not as fast as his, but it's giving you something. "Fuck baby," he growls, his hand back around your neck. "Sorry but it seems like I gotta go. I got a beautiful girl waiting to be fucked again. You wanna hear what you could never give her?" 

The hand that was once holding the phone is now on your clit, rubbing fast circles. "What do you want?" You let out a loud moan as he picks up his speed again and with his hand wrapped around your neck, he brings you back to him with your lips brushing along with each other. "What do you want?" he asks again.

"I want to come," you beg, your heavy breaths mixing with his. "Please let me come." 

"Okay, beautiful. Let me hear you scream while you come," he hisses, giving you a rough kiss and you finally let your walls break. Your scream is muffled by his lips, your body shaking, toes curling and hands clutching onto him for dear life. You've never come so hard in your entire sex life. It feels amazing, and your body can't help but jerk as Taehyung pulls himself out of you, releasing his grip on your neck to grab your hand and wrap it around his member. "Help me?"

Taking hold of his hot, cum soaked penis, you swiftly move your hand up and down his length as fast as you can. He groans against your lips, breath heavy and forehead slick with sweat as you pump his dick. "Just like that, Y/N. Fuck I'm almost there," he whispers, giving you light kisses. 

"Come for me, daddy. I want to go to your place and fuck you again," you whisper back, going as fast as you can as you twist your hand every so often. 

"Fuck," he grunts, bucking his hips as you feel his warm seed fall on your hand and wrist. You continue to drain him until his body is still. The two of you are silent for a moment, the rain long gone, before Taehyung pulls back. You can barely make out his facial expression, but it's hard to read. "Daddy," he says. You're thankful it's dark because right now you're blushing hard. "I like it." You can barely see him bend down briefly before you feel a cloth object placed on your leg. "Shall we clean up before heading back to my place?"

You wake up to a filter of light shining through the slits of the curtains and landing right on your eyes. You squint and turn your head to the other side, snuggling your face deeper into the pillow. Before you could fall back into the blissful slumber, you feel the bed shift beneath you, dipping on either side of you, and light kisses being placed on your bare back. 

You giggle, "Morning." 

"Oh, you're awake," he says, as if the kisses weren't the technique to attempt to wake you. You shift your body onto your back and open your eyes to lock gazes with Taehyung. He smiles his boxy grin. "Morning," he says, voice husky. He leans down and places a gentle kiss on your lips. "I was thinking," he says, kissing you once more before kissing your jaw. 

"You were thinking," you say, smiling as you feel his lips travel down to your neck.

"I should take you out on a date." He bites lightly at your neck. "If you're up to it." 

You move your head to the side to give him more access to your neck. "A date?" you sigh, enjoying the feeling of his tongue brushing along your skin. 

He travels back up to your lips. "Yeah," he tells you, lips brushing along yours. "After all, it seems like your ex is the same guy my ex cheated on me with, so it's only fair to treat his ex like royalty." He pulls back just enough to meet your eyes. "What do you say?"

You remember last night, the phone conversation Taehyung had and discovering later that it was Namjoon he was talking to. That drove both of you two to have another round in his car on the beach parking lot. You even sent a text to Taehyung's ex about being his new girl and to "fuck off" as you put it. You did things you've never done before and you even confessed during your third round of sex that you like him. To your luck he felt the same way. 

You smile at him, brushing your fingers along his cheek. "I'd love to." 

Relief seems to fill his eyes as he smiles back and places a gentle kiss to your lips. "Dinner, movie and a good fuck," he says, earning a laugh from you. "We'll get ready in a bit, but first"—he grabs the blanket and tosses it over his head—"breakfast." 

You laugh even louder as you feel his hands spread your legs apart.

drabble series | 1

jungkook x reader | pg15 | royalty au | bodyguard au | angst | swearing | blood | guns | death | kidnapping 

word: 1.5k

inspired by: “your guardian angel” by the red jumpsuit apparatus, “like the sun” by ryandan, and “are you with me” by nilu

I tried to lie to you, but how I failed

– Are You With Me?

One mistake. All it takes is one miscalculation—one mess up for everything to fall apart so quickly. 

It’s supposed to be a simple job—check every nook and cranny. A simple job Jungkook has been doing for nine years. A job that’s as easy as breathing, but no one was expecting the princess to be kidnapped. Especially during a damn ball. 

Why? Why did you two have that fight yesterday? Why have you been avoiding him all day today to the point where he’s told to guard your father rather than you for the day? Did you give that order? Jungkook is one of the best, your father wouldn’t approve of him leaving your side...

His mind is such a jumble, he can’t think straight. You’re clouding every crevice of his mind.

“Get up, kid. You’re not done yet,” Liam’s voice rings out as ten-year-old Jungkook pants in heavy breaths, his arms shaking as he tries to push himself off the floor only to fall back on the ground.

He glances at his opponent across the studio, his expression calm and barely a drop of sweat on his forehead while Jungkook is doused in his own. Yoongi’s breaths are slow, as if he’s not even fighting Jungkook. A boy four years older than he is, and there is so much Jungkook needs to accomplish in order to be like Yoongi. To be ready to take on the role as a royal guard. 

There’s a grunt to his left, and his eyes leave Yoongi to see a girl on the ground. Her chest is heaving as she struggles to sit up. She’s just as tired as Jungkook is, and just like Yoongi, the opponent is calm and sweat free. It’s a huge difference what a few years can do to someone. 

“To be part of the Guards, you must be thinking one step ahead of your opponent. Know every move they will make, what they’re thinking, and their weaknesses. If you can’t predict what they could be doing next, you won’t make it.” Liam walks around Jungkook and Yoongi, his eyes piercing Jungkook’s. “You want off the streets right?” he begins, placing his hands behind his back as he stands behind Yoongi, “Then fight like your life depends on it!” 

Jungkook groans in pain, forcing his shaking arms and legs to push him up to his feet. More than anything, Jungkook just wants to lie down in the comfort of his new bed and sleep. More than anything he wants to quit—this is too hard for him to do. But if he quits, will it be worth it? Will not knowing when his next meal is worth it? Will not knowing where he will sleep for the night, hoping he can find someplace warm from the harsh winters be worth it? No. Quitting is not worth it. Quitting will take away all the luxuries he has now. 

“Your Highness, you shouldn’t be in here,” Liam states in a tone of shock and slight irritation mixed together. Jungkook looks to his commander then follows his gaze behind him towards the exit where a girl around his age stands. She wears a light blue dress that pools on the floor, creating a silk like puddle at her feet. Her hair is tied up by a ribbon matching her dress, she looks on with curious eyes. “It’s dangerous in here for you.” Liam’s heavy steps make its way towards the princess. She looks at him in wonder as he stops in front of her, placing a gentle hand on her shoulder and guides her back out. 

“If you work hard enough, you can work as her bodyguard and live the easy life,” Yoongi tells him as Jungkook turns his attention towards his opponent, only for Yoongi to crouch down and sweep the younger boy off his feet. 

“Jungkook,” Yoongi’s voice brings him out of his thoughts. “You search the second floor and I’ll finish this floor.” 

Jungkook nods, running down the hall and towards the stairs that will lead him to the floor below. He opens door after door in hopes of finding you, but no sign ever presents itself. Every door he opens, and every empty room he sees only makes his heart sink deeper and deeper. 

Where are you, Y/N? Where the hell are you? he thinks to himself, opening yet another door. 

He can’t do this. His throat is constricting, thoughts completely full of everything that could have happened to you. He can’t take it. He wants to stop. He wants to go back to yesterday and change his answer… start over. 

“God damnit,” he angrily growls, slamming his fist against an open door. 

“Will you talk to me?” When you say nothing but continue forward down the hall, Jungkook grabs your arm in irritation. “Damn it, Y/N, will you just talk to me—”

You whirl around to finally face him, eyes glistening from the tears that have spilt. The rest of the words he wants to tell you get caught in his throat at the site of your tears. “So it’ll never happen? There’s no chance you’ll ever fall in love with me?” you ask, voice in such a whisper he barely catches what you said. 

He opens his mouth then closes it again. It takes him a few seconds to respond, “No.” 

He can see the tears brimming your eyes, but you quickly wipe them away. “Then stop following me. That’s an order,” you tell him, turning back around and continuing down the hall, leaving him behind. 

He shouldn’t have followed that order.

“They’re by the fountain at the back. Taehyung, get to the roof and get into position fast,” Yoongi’s voice echoes through the earpiece. 

The second Jungkook hears your location, his feet move on their own, rushing him down the hall and towards the stairs again. He runs as fast as he can, his heart pounding in his chest and ears, breathing in pants as he runs down the stairs two at a time. He needs to get to you fast. He needs to be by your side like he always has been since he was assigned as your guard. 

He’s never been more than a foot away, and the fact that he wasn’t by your side when you were kidnapped… the fact that he wasn’t there to stop it hurts him so much. Angers him so much. 

He almost falls as he rounds the corner, the loudest shot he’s ever heard rings in the silent night. He skids to a stop, heart beating harder and louder than the ringing in his ears. Please let it be Taehyung. Please let Taehyung be the one to have fired that shot. Please.

Jungkook continues forward with shaking hands. He’s scared. He doesn’t want to keep going. He wants to turn around and pretend none of this happened. Don’t go forward. Don’t do it. Don’t. 

You come into view, looking down at the still body on the ground. Jungkook takes in the biggest breath, the air shaky as it leaves his body. “Y/N,” he calls, watching you look up towards him. 

“Jungkook,” you manage, looking at him with wide eyes. 

It’s like life has come back to his body. Jungkook makes his way towards you in a few, quick strides. He doesn’t care who’s watching. You’re okay. He cups your cheeks, pressing his lips roughly to yours, taking in the warmth of your lips, the softness to them. He should have never lied to you yesterday. He should have told you the truth. The truth that he’s been in love with you since he first became your personal guard. He loves you so much. 

Your lips break from his as he catches you in his arms, your sudden weight bringing him to his knees. “Y/N? What’s wrong?” he asks in worry, eyes scanning yours before following them down to your stomach where blood begins to seep through your lavender colored dress. “Shit,” he whispers, quickly putting pressure on the wound to stop the blood as much as he can. “Shit shit shit shit shit!” Bringing his sleeve to his lips, he speaks into the mic hidden in his jacket. “I need an ambulance. The princess has been shot—shit, Y/N, stay with me okay?” he says to you, the mic no longer occupying his mind. 

You look up at him with wide, glossy eyes. What happened? He thought Taehyung got to him? Jungkook only heard one shot being fired. Right? It was only one shot. It should have only been one shot! 

Jungkook notices your eyes begin to droop. “Hey, don’t close your eyes, okay? I need you to stay awake. Stay with me, Y/N. You can’t fall asleep—I need to tell you something. Don’t close your eyes,” he whispers, his own vision blurring as your eyes slowly begin to close. “Open your eyes, Y/N. You can’t leave without hearing what I have to say.”